TW200948906A - Pigment dispersion composition and production method thereof, colored polymerizable composition, and color filter and production method thereof - Google Patents
Pigment dispersion composition and production method thereof, colored polymerizable composition, and color filter and production method thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW200948906A TW200948906A TW098111328A TW98111328A TW200948906A TW 200948906 A TW200948906 A TW 200948906A TW 098111328 A TW098111328 A TW 098111328A TW 98111328 A TW98111328 A TW 98111328A TW 200948906 A TW200948906 A TW 200948906A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- pigment
- group
- acid
- mass
- meth
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B67/00—Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
- C09B67/0025—Crystal modifications; Special X-ray patterns
- C09B67/003—Crystal modifications; Special X-ray patterns of diketopyrrolopyrrole
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B67/00—Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
- C09B67/0025—Crystal modifications; Special X-ray patterns
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/20—Filters
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
- Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
- Pigments, Carbon Blacks, Or Wood Stains (AREA)
Abstract
Description
200948906 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於顔料分散組成物、該顔料分散組成物之製 法、包含該顏料分散組成物之著色聚合性組成物、使用該著 色聚合性組成物所構成之彩色濾光片、以及該彩色濾光片之 製法。 【先前技術】 彩色濾光片係使用包含將有機顏料或無機顏料加以分散 © 所獲得之顏料分散組成物、多官能單體、光聚合引發劑、鹼 〜 可溶性樹脂及其他成分之著色聚合性組成物,並藉由光刻法 (photolithographic method)等形成著色圖案來製造。 近年來,彩色減光片係在液晶顯示元件(Liquid Crystal Display: LCD)用途方面,不僅是監視器也有朝向電視(TV )方面而擴大用途的傾向,隨著該用途擴大的傾向已演變成 在色度(chromaticity )、對比等方面要求高度的色特性。此 外,在影像感測器(固態攝像元件(solid-state imaging device ® ))用途方面也相同地已演變成要求色特性爲高者。 對於如上所述之要求,使用一種將一次粒徑加以微細化 所獲得之顏料是有效。將顏料之一次粒徑加以微細化之方法 係已有例如將顏料與在室溫下爲固體且水不溶性之合成樹脂 、食鹽等之水溶性無機鹽、以及如上所述至少會溶解合成樹 脂之一部分的水溶性有機溶劑一起以捏合機(kneader )等加 以機械式捏合後(在下文中,則將捏合含有顏料、水溶性無 機鹽、以及水溶性有機溶劑的混合物之操作稱爲「鹽磨( salt-milling)」),以水洗移除水溶性無機鹽與水溶性有機 200948906 溶劑之方法(參閱例如,日本發明專利特開平第7-13016號 公報。)。該方法,由於顏料之一次粒子的粉碎與結晶成長 係同時進行,最後則可獲得狹窄的粒度分布、平均粒徑小且 表面積卻爲小之顔料,因此係一種在爲獲得例如彩色濾光片 之必須將微細粒徑之顏料加以分散成高濃度之用途的顏料上 是適合使用之方法。 然而,藉由如上所述所製得之顏料,由於在脫鹽後之乾 燥過程會造成激烈的凝集,導致分散性及分散穩定性多半是 不良好之情況,因此,若使用此種顔料時,則不易獲得具有 優越的分散性、分散穩定性之顏料分散物。若顏料之分散性 不足夠時,則有例如會在由含有顔料分散物的聚合性組成物 所形成的著色圖案造成邊紋(fringe)(邊緣部呈鋸齒紋(zigzag indent))或表面凹凸(surface irregularity.)、所製得之彩色據 光片的色度或尺寸精確度降低、或對比顯著地劣化的問題。 除此之外,若顏料之分散穩定性不足夠時,則也有會隨 著時間經過,著色聚合性組成物之構成成分發生凝集使得黏 度上升,而導致適用期(potlife )變得極短的問題。此外, 在使用此等之著色聚合性組成物來製造彩色濾光片之情況時 ,在塗布步驟的膜厚之均勻性則將降低,進而容易造成在曝 光步驟的感度變動、在顯影步驟的鹼溶解性之變動、不均勻 等的問題。特別是在爲製造大面積彩色濾光片而在玻璃基板 上形成使用著色聚合性組成物的著色膜之情況時,若施加狹 縫式塗布(slit coating)(或也稱爲模具塗布(die coating ))時,則有容易在塗布面造成條紋等之缺陷、塗布表面狀 態性降低、進而構成彩色濾光片的畫素缺陷的問題。 200948906 因此’用於提高顔料之分散性及分散穩定性之方法,則 已有一種提案係在進行鹽磨時添加松香(rosin)或松香衍生 物、或合成高分子化合物之方法(參閱例如,日本發明專利 特開平第8-179111號公報。)^ 此外,關於二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料 ( diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment),則已有一種提案係藉 由在進行鹽磨時添加顏料衍生物(pigment-derivative)以促 進微粒化、提高對比之方法(參閱例如,日本發明專利特開 〇 第2001-220520號公報及曰本發明專利特開第2007-3 1 539號 - 公報)。 然而,若根據如前所述之先前技術時,則在僅著眼於顏 料粒子的微細化與畫像之對比時,雖然可獲得某一程度之改 善功效,但是對於經微細化的二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料,在製 造彩色濾光片之步驟,尤其是在重複進行顯影、後烘烤、UV 洗淨之情況時,則會有造成表面變粗糙的問題。 【發明内容】 〇 ¥〔所欲解決之技術問題〕 因此,本發明係有鑑於如上所述問題所達成’而以達成 下列目的爲課題。 亦即,本發明之第一目的係提供一種具有優越的高顏料 分散性及其之穩定性、且可形成具有優越的對比之著色膜之 顏料分散組成物及其之製法。 此外,本發明之第二目的係提供一種可形成具有優越的 對比之被膜,且更進一步可形成表面平滑的彩色濾光片之著 色聚合性組成物。 200948906 本發明之第三目的係提供一種具有高對比且表面平滑的 彩色濾光片,及該彩色濾光片之製法。 〔解決問題之技術方法〕 爲解決如前所述課題之方法係如下所述。 亦即,本發明之顏料分散組成物之特徵爲:其係包含二 酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料、相對於100質量份之該二酮吡咯并吡 略系顏料爲0.1至30質量份之鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮 口比略并耻略(phthalimidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole)、 相對於100質量份之該二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料爲0.1至20質 © 量份之鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮 ( phthalimidoalkylated quinacridone)、以及至少一種有·機溶劑 〇 如前所述之二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料之平均一次粒徑係較 佳爲10nm至30nm。 使用於本發明之顏料分散物之二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料係 較佳爲藉由使用包括下列步驟:將二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料、 水溶性無機鹽、及實質地不溶解該水溶性無機鹽之水溶性有 〇 機溶劑以機械式加以捏合之步驟;將該水溶性無機鹽與該水 溶性有機溶劑加以移除之步驟;將該二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料 加以乾燥之步驟;以及在該乾燥步驟之前,將該二酮吡咯并 吡咯系顏料與樹脂相接觸之步驟等之方法所獲得者。 在此,可用於添加之樹脂係較佳爲酸價(acid value)爲 50至3 00 mgKOH/g之高分子化合物。 本發明之顏料分散組成物之製法係包括下列步驟:在平 均一次粒徑爲10 nm至30 nm之二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料添加 200948906 入相對於100質量份之該二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料爲0.1至30 質量份之鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯、及相對 於1〇〇質量份之該二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料爲0.1至20質量份 之鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮之至少一部分之步驟;以 及將二酮吡咯并吡咯系顔料、相對於100質量份之該二酮吡 咯并吡咯系顔料爲0.1至30質量份之鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基 化二酮吡咯并吡咯、及相對於100質量份之該二酮吡咯并吡 咯系顏料爲0.1至20質量份之鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖 〇 酮與有機溶劑一起加以分散之步驟。 本發明之著色聚合性組成物係包含:如前所述之本發明 之顏料分散組成物、光聚合性化合物、及光聚合引發劑,且 較佳爲進一步包含鹼可溶性樹脂。 本發明之彩色濾光片係較佳爲使用如前所述之本發明之 ' 著色聚合性組成物所形成,特別是較佳的模式爲配備由本發 明之著色聚合性組成物所形成的著色區域。 此外,彩色濾光片之製法之特徵爲:其係使用如前所述 ® 本發明之著色聚合性組成物,較佳爲以塗布法在基板上形成 膜,並將所形成的膜加以曝光,然後加以顯影、移除未硬化 之膜。 本發明之顏料分散組成物係將二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料, 特定量之鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯、及鄰苯 二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮在有機溶劑中加以分散所獲得者 在本發明中,藉由對於二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料倂用鄉苯 二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯及鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷 200948906 基化喹吖酮,則可獲得一種可形成具有優越的分散穩定性及 對比之顏料分散組成物,一種具有優越的黏度穩定性、對比 高且更進一步具有優越的表面平滑性之彩色濾光片之著色聚 合性組成物,以及一種對比高且具有優越的表面平滑性之彩 色濾光片。 由於倂用鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯及鄰 苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮,藉此則可在提高二酮吡咯并 吡咯系顏料之穩定性上發揮大的相輔相成功效,因此,以含 有此顔料所構成之組成物,則可形成具有優越的對比且表面 平滑性高之著色膜。該作用機制雖然並不清楚,但是其係可 視爲藉由具有兩種不同母核之鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化顏料 衍生物與二酮Π比格并卩比略顏料(diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment )之表面各不同的部位發生強烈的相互作用,使得不穩定的 二酮吡咯并吡咯表面即受到保護,與將各自以單獨使用時之 情況相比較,由於此等相輔相成功效而獲得出乎意料之優越 的穩定性,而藉由含有該顏料之著色聚合性組成物,則可形 成顏料已均勻且穩定地加以分散、對比高且具有優越的表面 平滑性之著色膜的緣故。 〔發明之功效〕 若根據本發明,則可提供一種可形成具有優越的高顏料 分散性及其之穩定性、及優越的對比之著色膜之顏料分散組 成物及其之製法。 此外,若根據本發明,則可提供一種可形成具有優越的 黏度穩定性、具有優越的對比且具有優越的表面平滑性之被 膜之著色聚合性組成物。該著色聚合性組成物係適合製造彩 200948906 色濾光片。 並且,若根據本發明’則可提供—種具有高對比且表面 平滑之彩色濾光片、及該彩色濾光片之製法。 【實施方式】 〔本發明之最佳實施方式〕 在下文中,則關於本發明之顏料分散組成物、顏料分散 組成物之製法、著色聚合性組成物、彩色濾光片、及其之製 法詳細地加以說明。 ® 〈顏料分散組成物〉 ' 本發明之顏料分散組成物之特徵爲:其係包含(A)二酮 吡咯并吡咯系顏料、相對於1〇〇質量份之該二酮吡咯并吡咯 系顔料爲0.1至30質量份之(B)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化 二酮吡咯并吡咯、相對於100質量份之該二酮吡咯并吡咯系 顏料爲0.1至20質量份之(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹 吖酮、及(D)至少一種有機溶劑,且視需要也可包含其他成 分。 ® 〔 (A)二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料〕 在本發明中之二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料(在下文中,有時 候則稱爲DPP系顔料。)係以下列通式(a )所代表的結構 之紅色至橙色之顏料,且具有優越的耐光性、耐熱性。 200948906[Technical Field] The present invention relates to a pigment dispersion composition, a method for producing the pigment dispersion composition, a colored polymerizable composition containing the pigment dispersion composition, and the use of the colored polymerizable composition A color filter formed and a method of manufacturing the color filter. [Prior Art] A color filter is a coloring polymer composition comprising a pigment dispersion composition obtained by dispersing an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment, a polyfunctional monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, a base to a soluble resin, and other components. And manufactured by forming a colored pattern by a photolithographic method or the like. In recent years, color dimming sheets have a tendency to be expanded not only to monitors but also to televisions (TVs) in terms of liquid crystal display (LCD) applications, and the tendency to expand with this use has evolved into High color characteristics are required for chromaticity, contrast, and the like. In addition, the use of image sensors (solid-state imaging device ® ) has similarly evolved to require high color characteristics. For the above-mentioned requirements, it is effective to use a pigment obtained by refining the primary particle diameter. The method of miniaturizing the primary particle diameter of the pigment is, for example, a water-soluble inorganic salt such as a synthetic resin or a salt of a salt which is solid and water-insoluble at room temperature, and at least a part of the synthetic resin as described above. The water-soluble organic solvent is mechanically kneaded together by a kneader or the like (hereinafter, the operation of kneading a mixture containing a pigment, a water-soluble inorganic salt, and a water-soluble organic solvent is referred to as "salt-salt" (salt-salt) The method of removing the water-soluble inorganic salt and the water-soluble organic compound 200948906 by water washing (see, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 7-13016). In this method, since the pulverization of the primary particles of the pigment and the crystallization growth are simultaneously performed, finally, a pigment having a narrow particle size distribution, a small average particle diameter, and a small surface area can be obtained, and thus, for example, a color filter is obtained. It is a suitable method to disperse a pigment having a fine particle size into a pigment for a high concentration. However, with the pigment prepared as described above, since the drying process after desalination causes intense agglomeration, the dispersibility and dispersion stability are often not good, and therefore, when such a pigment is used, It is difficult to obtain a pigment dispersion having superior dispersibility and dispersion stability. If the dispersibility of the pigment is not sufficient, for example, a fringe (zigzag indent) or surface irregularity may be caused in the colored pattern formed of the polymerizable composition containing the pigment dispersion. Surface irregularity.) The problem that the color or size accuracy of the produced color film is lowered, or the contrast is significantly deteriorated. In addition, when the dispersion stability of the pigment is not sufficient, the constituents of the colored polymerizable composition may agglomerate over time, so that the viscosity is increased, and the pot life becomes extremely short. . Further, when a color filter is produced by using the colored polymerizable composition, the uniformity of the film thickness in the coating step is lowered, and the sensitivity in the exposure step is easily caused, and the alkali in the developing step is easily caused. Problems such as fluctuations in solubility and unevenness. In particular, in the case of forming a colored film using a colored polymerizable composition on a glass substrate for producing a large-area color filter, a slit coating (or also referred to as die coating) is applied. In the case of the above, there is a problem in that defects such as streaks are easily caused on the coated surface, the state of the coated surface is lowered, and the pixel defects of the color filter are further formed. 200948906 Therefore, a method for improving the dispersibility and dispersion stability of a pigment has been proposed as a method of adding rosin or a rosin derivative or a synthetic polymer compound during salt milling (see, for example, Japan). Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 8-179111. In addition, regarding diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigments, there has been a proposal to add a pigment derivative by performing salt milling (pigment- Derivatives to promote micronization and to improve contrast (see, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2001-220520 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-3 1539--). However, according to the prior art as described above, when focusing only on the refinement of pigment particles and the comparison of the portraits, although a certain degree of improvement effect can be obtained, the micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole is obtained. For the pigment, in the step of producing a color filter, especially when the development is repeated, post-baking, or UV cleaning, there is a problem that the surface becomes rough. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [Technical Problem to be Solved] Therefore, the present invention has been made in view of the above-mentioned problems in order to achieve the following objects. That is, the first object of the present invention is to provide a pigment dispersion composition having superior high pigment dispersibility and stability thereof and capable of forming a color film having superior contrast and a process for producing the same. Further, a second object of the present invention is to provide a colored polymerizable composition which can form a film having superior contrast and further form a color filter having a smooth surface. 200948906 A third object of the present invention is to provide a color filter having a high contrast and a smooth surface, and a method of manufacturing the color filter. [Technical method for solving the problem] The method for solving the above problems is as follows. That is, the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is characterized in that it contains a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment in an amount of 0.1 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. The phthalimidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole is 0.1 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. The average primary particle diameter of the phthalimidoalkylated quinacridone and the at least one organic solvent of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment as described above is preferably from 10 nm to 30 nm. The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment used in the pigment dispersion of the present invention is preferably obtained by using the following steps: a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a water-soluble inorganic salt, and substantially insoluble of the water-soluble inorganic substance a water-soluble salt having a step of mechanically kneading a solvent; a step of removing the water-soluble inorganic salt and the water-soluble organic solvent; and a step of drying the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment; Before the drying step, the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is contacted with a resin, and the like. Here, the resin which can be used for the addition is preferably a polymer compound having an acid value of 50 to 300 mgKOH/g. The method for preparing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention comprises the steps of: adding 200948906 to a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment having an average primary particle diameter of 10 nm to 30 nm in an amount relative to 100 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. 0.1 to 30 parts by mass of o-phthalimidoalkylened diketopyrrolopyrrole, and 0.1 to 20 parts by mass of ortho-benzene relative to 1 part by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment a step of alkylating at least a portion of the quinophthalone; and the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is 0.1 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment a xylylenediamine alkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole, and 0.1 to 20 parts by mass of the phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinolin relative to 100 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment The step of dispersing the anthrone with an organic solvent. The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention comprises the pigment dispersion composition, the photopolymerizable compound, and the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention as described above, and preferably further contains an alkali-soluble resin. The color filter of the present invention is preferably formed using the 'colored polymerizable composition of the present invention as described above, and particularly preferred mode is a colored region formed by the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention. . Further, the method of producing a color filter is characterized in that it uses the coloring polymerizable composition of the present invention as described above, preferably a film is formed on a substrate by a coating method, and the formed film is exposed. It is then developed to remove the unhardened film. The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a specific amount of o-phthalimidoalkylamine diketopyrrolopyrrole, and phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinolin In the present invention, the indolinone is dispersed in an organic solvent, and the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is used to alkylate the diketopyrrolopyrrole and the o-phthalic acid with a phthalate. Iminoalkyl 200948906-based quinophthalone can provide a pigment dispersion composition with superior dispersion stability and contrast, a superior viscosity stability, high contrast and further superior surface smoothness. The colored polymer composition of the color filter, and a color filter having high contrast and excellent surface smoothness. By using o-phthalimidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole and phthalimidoalkylamine to quench the quinophthalone, the stability of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment can be improved by this. Sexually exerting a large complementary phase is effective, and therefore, a composition comprising the pigment can form a colored film having superior contrast and high surface smoothness. Although the mechanism of action is not clear, it can be regarded as a diphentopyrrolopyrrole pigment by a phthalate imine alkylated pigment derivative having two different cores and a diketopoxime. Strong interactions at different parts of the surface, making the unstable diketopyrrolopyrrole surface protected, compared to the case where each is used alone, and unexpectedly due to the success of these complementary phases Excellent color stability, and by the coloring polymerizable composition containing the pigment, it is possible to form a color film in which the pigment has been uniformly and stably dispersed, and the contrast is high and the surface smoothness is excellent. [Effect of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a pigment dispersion composition which can form a color film having superior high pigment dispersibility and stability, and superior contrast, and a process for producing the same. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored polymerizable composition which can form a film having superior viscosity stability, superior contrast, and excellent surface smoothness. The colored polymerizable composition is suitable for the production of color 200948906 color filters. Further, according to the present invention, a color filter having a high contrast and a smooth surface can be provided, and a method of manufacturing the color filter can be provided. [Embodiment of the Invention] Hereinafter, the pigment dispersion composition, the method for producing a pigment dispersion composition, the coloring polymerizable composition, the color filter, and the method for producing the same according to the present invention are described in detail. Explain. ® <Pigment Dispersion Composition> The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is characterized in that it contains (A) a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, and the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is one part by mass based on 1 part by mass. 0.1 to 30 parts by mass of (B) phthalic acid imidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole, and 0.1 to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (C) The phthalic acid iminoalkylated quinophthalone, and (D) at least one organic solvent, and optionally other components. ® [(A) Diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment] The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as DPP-based pigment) in the present invention is represented by the following formula (a) The structure is red to orange pigment, and has excellent light resistance and heat resistance. 200948906
在如上所示之通式(A)中,X、Y係各自獨立地代表氫 原子、烷基、氰基、芳基、鹵素基。 在此,烷基係飽和或不飽和之烷基。烷基、芳基係也可 爲進一步具有取代基者。可導入於烷基之取代基係包括:例 如,鹵素原子 '烯基、芳基、羥基、烷氧基等;可導入於芳 基之取代基係包括:例如,鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基等。 若以染料索引號數(Color Index Number )來表示以如上 所示之通式(A)所代表之DPP系顏料的具體實例時,則可 列舉C.I.顔料紅254、255、2 64、及C.I.顔料橙71。在此等之 中,在本發明中係以C.I.顏料紅254爲特別適合使用。 爲獲得高對比之彩色濾光片,則可使用於本發明之DPP 系顏料之粒徑係較佳爲粒徑尺寸小且分布狹幅,平均一次粒 徑係較佳爲l〇nm至30 nm。藉由使用在該範圍之粒子,則可 獲得具有優越的分散穩定性之分散液,而藉由使用此分散液 則可形成高對比之著色硬化膜。 在此,該DPP系顔料之粒徑係例如可將顏料藉由使用透 射型電子顯微鏡以10萬倍之倍率所攝影得畫像加以測定。此 -10- 200948906 外,關於平均粒徑,例如對於500個粒子實施測定粒子之長 徑與短徑平均値,並以其之平均値視爲平均粒徑。在本發明 中之平均一次粒徑係藉由此方法所測定者。 具有此等平均一次粒徑之二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料係可藉 由乾式粉碎法、濕式粉碎法、再結晶法、酸漿法(acid paste method)等之習知的方法來獲得,但是爲獲得粒徑分布爲狹 小的微細粒子,在本發明中,則較佳爲以鹽磨進行微細化。 在下文中,則係關於欲製得藉由鹽磨加以微細化之二酮吡咯 © 并吡咯系顏料之情況詳細地加以說明。 . 在本發明中,經微細化之二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料係較佳 * 爲藉由包括下列步驟之方法所獲得: 將二酮耻咯并吡咯系顏料、水溶性無機鹽、及實質地不 溶解該水溶性無機鹽之水溶性有機溶劑以機械式捏合(鹽磨 )後,移除該水溶性無機鹽與該水溶性有機溶劑,並更進一 步地加以乾燥之步驟;及 在該乾燥之前,將該二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料與樹脂相接 ® 觸之步驟。 此外,在鹽磨後且在乾燥步驟前所添加的樹脂係較佳爲 酸價爲50至3 00 mgKOH/g之高分子化合物。 在進行鹽磨處理時,只要不損及本發明之功效,除了如 上所述樹脂以外,可視目的而併用顏料分散助劑、塑化劑、 界面活性劑等之添加劑》 茲就各自詳細地加以說明如下。 (DPP系顏料) 使用於鹽磨之二酮吡咯并吡咯系顔料的種類係如上所述 200948906 者。爲在鹽磨後獲得如上所述之較佳的粒徑,則在鹽磨前之 二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料之粒徑係較佳爲平均〜次粒徑爲20 nm至300nm,更佳爲25nm至200nm,最適爲3〇nm至150 nm 〇 在本發明中,使用於鹽磨之DPP系顔料係可以習知的方 法合成、或使用市售之商品。具體的商品名係包括: IRGAPHOR RED BT-CF' IRGAPHOR RED B-CF' IRGAZIN RED 2030 ' IRGAZIN DPP RED 80、IRGAZIN DPP RED BTR、 IRGAZIN DPP RED BL 、 CROMOPHTAL RED 2030 、 CROMOPHTAL DPP RED BP等(皆爲汽巴精化股份有限公司 (Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co.,Ltd.)製.造)。 在本發明中,雖然較佳爲將DPP系顏料以單獨進行鹽磨 ,但是也可將DPP系顔料與其他有機顔料組合進行鹽磨。 可與DPP系顏料組合使用之有機顏料係包括:例如,如 下所列舉者。 亦即,C.I.顏料紅 1、2、3、4、5、6、7、9、10、14、 17、 22、 23、 31' 38、 41、 48:1、 48:2、 48:3、 48:4、 49、 49:1 、49:2、 52:1、 52:2、 53:1、 57:1、 60:1、 63:1、 66、 67、 81:1 、81:2、 81:3、 83、 88、 90、 105、 112、 119、 122、 123、 144 、146、 149、 150、 155、 166、 168' 169、 170 > 171、 172、 175、176、177、178' 179 > 184、185、187、188、190、200 、202 ' 206 、 207 、 208 、 209 、 210 、 216 、 220 、 224 > 226 、 242 ' 246 、 270 ' 272 、 279 ; C.I.顔料黃 1、2、3、4、5、6、10、11、12、13、14、 15、 16、 17、 18、 20、 24、 31、 32、 34、 35、 35:1、 36、 36:1 200948906 、37、 37:1、 40、 42、 43、 53、 55、 60、 61、 62、 63、 65、 73 、74 ' 77 、 81 、 83 、 86 、 93 、 94 、 95 ' 97 、 98 、 100 、 101 、 104、 106、 108、 109、 110、 113、 114、 115、 116、 117、 118 、119、 120 ' 123、 125、 126、 127、 128、 129、 137、 138、 139、 147、 148、 150、 151、 152、 153、 154、 155、 156、 161 、162、 164、 166、 167、 168、 169、 170、 171、 172、 173、 174、 175、 176、 177、 179、 180、 181、 182、 185、 187、 188 、193、 194、 199、 213 、 214 ; ❹ C.I.顏料橙 2、5、13、16、17:1、31、34、36、38、43 、46、 48、 49、 51、 52' 55、 59、 60' 61、 62、 64; C.I.顏料綠 7、10、36、37 ; C.I.顏料藍 1、2、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、 16、22、60、64、66、79、將C.I.顏料藍79之Cl取代基變更 爲OH (羥基)者、C.I.顏料藍80; C.I.顏料紫 1、19、23、27、32、37、42; C.I.顏料棕 25、28 ; © C.I.顏料黑1、7等。 此外’在本發明中,可與DPP系顏料組合使用之有機顏 料係較佳爲如下所述之顏料。 亦即,C_I.顏料黃 11、24、108、109、110、138、139、 150 ' 151、154、167、180、185 ; C.I.顔料橙36 ; C.I.顏料紅 122、150、171、175、177、209、224、242 〇 在本發明中,在視需要而對於DPP系顔料組合其他有機 -13- 200948906 顔料來使用之情況時,則可根據所要求之色相而任意變更DPP 系顏料之比率,但是通常係相對於全部有機顏料爲0.1質量% 以上、少於100質量%。 (水溶性無機鹽) 使用於鹽磨之水溶性無機鹽,只要其爲可溶解於水者時 ’則並無特殊的限制,可使用氯化鈉、氯化鋇、氯化鉀、硫 酸鈉等,但是從價格的觀點來考慮,則較佳爲使用氯化鈉或 硫酸鈉。 水溶性無機鹽之粒徑係以較小者則可獲得更高微粒化功 © 效,但是由於小尺寸之無機鹽係高價格,因此較佳爲0.1/zm 至 100/zm,更佳爲 1/im 至 50/zm。 從處理效率與生產效率之兩方面來考慮,則在鹽磨步驟 所使用之水溶性無機鹽之量係較佳爲包括DPP系顔料在內的 全部有機顏料之1至30質量倍,特佳爲5至25質量倍。相 對於有機顏料的無機鹽之量比愈大,則微細化效率愈高,但 是由於一次的顏料之處理量卻將相對減少,因此較佳爲設定 在如上所述範圍。 © (水溶性有機溶劑) 水溶性有機溶劑係用於提供潤濕有機顏料、無機鹽之作 用者,只要其爲可溶解於水(混合),且爲實質地不溶解所 使用之水溶性無機鹽者時,則並無特殊的限制。 但是,由於在進行鹽磨時溫度會上升,使得溶劑變成容 易蒸發之狀態,從安全性的觀點來考慮,則較佳爲使用沸點 爲120°C以上之髙沸點溶劑。 水溶性有機溶劑係包括:例如,2-甲氧基乙醇、2-丁氧基 -14- 200948906 乙醇、2-(異戊氧基)乙醇、2-(己氧基)乙醇、乙二醇、二 甘醇、二甘醇一乙基醚、醋酸二甘醇一乙基醚酯、二甘醇一 丁基醚、三甘醇、三甘醇一甲基醚、液狀之聚乙二醇、1-甲 氧基-2-丙醇、1-乙氧基-2-丙醇、二丙二醇、二丙二醇一甲基 醚、二丙二醇一乙基醚、液狀之聚丙二醇等。 此外,水溶性有機溶劑係可單獨使用或兩種以上倂用。 水溶性有機溶劑之添加量係較佳爲相對於如前所述之水 溶性無機鹽爲5質量%至80質量%,更佳爲相對於水溶性無 β 機鹽爲1 〇質量%至60質量%,最適爲相對於水溶性無機鹽爲 15質量%至50質量%。 若添加量爲在如上所述範圍,則可達成均句的捏合,粒 徑容易成爲均勻,且由於捏合組成物之柔軟度維持在處理上 的適當範圍,使得在捏合時可容易地賦予適度的剪切力,因 此可獲得吾所欲之微細化功效。 水溶性有機溶劑在鹽磨步驟中之添加時序係可在步驟之 初期添加全部、或也可分割添加。 •(樹脂) 在製造本發明中之微細化二酮吡略并吡咯系顏料時,爲 防止經微細化之二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料在乾燥時的強烈凝集 ,使其可容易地進行分散,則較佳爲在捏合顏料與水溶性無 機鹽等、且移除水溶性無機鹽與水溶性有機溶劑後,在供應 至乾燥步驟之前,將二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料與樹脂相接觸。 在此,所謂的將DPP系顔料與樹脂相接觸係意謂將樹脂 附著於DPP系顏料之表面的至少一部分。 該將DPP系顏料與樹脂相接觸之處理係可在乾燥前之任 -15- 200948906 —步驟中實施,例如在鹽磨步驟(捏合)之初期或途中、鹽 磨步驟後、鹽磨後之分散步驟中、水洗步驟後等添加固態樹 脂或樹脂溶液來實施。 用於與DPP系顔料相接觸之樹脂係較佳爲酸價爲5〇至 3 00 mgKOH/g之高分子化合物。DPP系顏料係藉由與酸價爲 50至3 00 mgKOH/g之高分子化合物相接觸,則可獲得柔軟的 粉體顏料,以獲得分散性及分散穩定性爲高之微細化DPP系 顏料。 在本發明使用之酸價爲50至300 mgKOH/g之高分子化 合物係較佳爲水不溶性者,且可使用天然樹脂、經改質之天 然樹脂、合成樹脂、經天然樹脂改質之合成樹脂等。 天然樹脂係以松香爲其之代表性者;經改質之天然樹脂 係可使用松香衍生物、纖維素衍生物、橡膠衍生物、蛋白衍 生物及此等之寡聚物。 此外,合成樹脂係包括:環氧樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、順 丁烯二酸樹脂、丁縮醛樹脂、聚酯樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、苯 酚樹脂、聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂等。 在酸價爲50至300 mgKOH/g之高分子化合物的分子內 所存在的酸基係並無特殊的限制,但是可列舉磺酸基、磷酸 基、羧酸基、苯酚基、磺醯胺基等,特佳的酸基係羧酸基。 酸價係較佳爲50至300 mgKOH/g,更佳爲50至250 mgKOH/g,最適爲 70 至 250 mgKOH/g。 藉由調整酸價爲在該範圍,則可達成在微細化DPP系顏 料之優越的鹸溶解性、乾燥時之凝集防止功效、保存穩定性 、分散性。 200948906 酸價爲50至300 mgKOH/g之高分子化合物之分子量係 重量平均分子量較佳爲!,〇〇〇以上、50,000以下,更佳爲3,000 以上、30,000以下,最適爲4,〇〇〇以上、25,000以下。藉由 調整分子量爲在該範圍,則可達成在微細化DPP系顏料之優 越的鹼溶解性、乾燥時之凝集防止功效、分散性。 (含有顏料吸著性基之高分子化合物) 此外,酸價爲50至300 mgKOH/g之高分子化合物係也 較佳爲具有顏料吸著性基之高分子化合物。 β 具體言之,具有顏料吸著性基之高分子化合物係較佳爲 包含衍生自選自由以下列通式(1)所代表之單體、順丁烯二 醯亞胺(maleimide)、及順丁烯二醯亞胺衍生物所組成的族 群中之一種單體的聚合單元之聚合物(在下文中,則稱爲特 定聚合物(Specific Polymer))。其中,特定聚合物係特佳 爲包含衍生自以下列通式(1)所代表之單體的聚合單元之聚 合物" ❹ 1 R1 H2C=C 通式⑴In the above formula (A), X and Y each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, an aryl group or a halogen group. Here, the alkyl group is a saturated or unsaturated alkyl group. The alkyl group or the aryl group may also be a group further having a substituent. The substituent which may be introduced into the alkyl group includes, for example, a halogen atom 'alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group and the like; and a substituent which may be introduced into the aryl group includes, for example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group. Base. When a specific example of the DPP pigment represented by the general formula (A) shown above is represented by a color index number, CI Pigment Red 254, 255, 2 64, and CI Pigment are exemplified. Orange 71. Among these, C.I. Pigment Red 254 is particularly suitable for use in the present invention. In order to obtain a high contrast color filter, the particle size of the DPP pigment used in the present invention is preferably small in particle size and narrow in distribution, and the average primary particle diameter is preferably from 10 nm to 30 nm. . By using particles in this range, a dispersion having superior dispersion stability can be obtained, and by using the dispersion, a high contrast colored cured film can be formed. Here, the particle size of the DPP pigment can be measured, for example, by photographing a pigment at a magnification of 100,000 times using a transmission electron microscope. Further, regarding the average particle diameter, for example, the long diameter and the minor diameter mean of the particles are measured for 500 particles, and the average 値 is regarded as the average particle diameter. The average primary particle diameter in the present invention is determined by the method. The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment having such an average primary particle diameter can be obtained by a conventional method such as a dry pulverization method, a wet pulverization method, a recrystallization method, an acid paste method, or the like, but Fine particles having a narrow particle size distribution are obtained, and in the present invention, it is preferable to refine by a salt mill. Hereinafter, the case of the diketopyrrole © and pyrrole-based pigment which is to be refined by salt milling will be described in detail. In the present invention, the finely divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is preferably obtained by a method comprising the following steps: a diketone azopyrrolidine pigment, a water-soluble inorganic salt, and substantially a step of removing the water-soluble inorganic salt and the water-soluble organic solvent after mechanically kneading (salting) of the water-soluble organic solvent in which the water-soluble inorganic salt is not dissolved; and further drying; and before drying , the step of contacting the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment with the resin. Further, the resin to be added after the salt milling and before the drying step is preferably a polymer compound having an acid value of 50 to 300 mgKOH/g. In the salt-grinding treatment, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, in addition to the above-mentioned resin, additives such as a pigment dispersing aid, a plasticizer, a surfactant, and the like may be used in combination for the purpose, and each of them will be described in detail. as follows. (DPP-based pigment) The type of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment used in the salt milling is as described above in 200948906. In order to obtain a preferred particle diameter as described above after salt milling, the particle diameter of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment before salt milling is preferably from average to secondary particle diameter of from 20 nm to 300 nm, more preferably 25 nm to 200 nm, and most preferably 3 〇 nm to 150 nm. In the present invention, the DPP pigment used in the salt milling can be synthesized by a known method or a commercially available product. Specific trade names include: IRGAPHOR RED BT-CF' IRGAPHOR RED B-CF' IRGAZIN RED 2030 ' IRGAZIN DPP RED 80, IRGAZIN DPP RED BTR, IRGAZIN DPP RED BL, CROMOPHTAL RED 2030, CROMOPHTAL DPP RED BP, etc. Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd. (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.). In the present invention, although the DPP-based pigment is preferably subjected to salt milling alone, the DPP-based pigment may be salt-milled in combination with other organic pigments. Organic pigments which can be used in combination with DPP pigments include, for example, those listed below. That is, CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31' 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168' 169, 170 > 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178 '179 > 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202 '206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224 > 226, 242 '246, 270 '272, 279; CI Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36: 1 200948906, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74 '77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95 '97, 98 , 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120 '123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214; ❹ CI Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52' 55, 59, 60' 61, 62, 64; CI Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37; CI Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 60, 64, 66, 79, change the Cl substituent of CI Pigment Blue 79 to OH (hydroxyl), CI Pigment Blue 80; CI Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42; CI Pigment Brown 25, 28; © CI Pigment Black 1, 7, etc. Further, in the present invention, the organic pigment which can be used in combination with the DPP pigment is preferably a pigment as described below. That is, C_I. Pigment Yellow 11, 24, 108, 109, 110, 138, 139, 150 ' 151, 154, 167, 180, 185; CI Pigment Orange 36; CI Pigment Red 122, 150, 171, 175, 177 209, 224, 242 In the present invention, when DPP-based pigments are used in combination with other organic-13-200948906 pigments as needed, the ratio of DPP-based pigments can be arbitrarily changed according to the desired hue. However, it is usually 0.1% by mass or more and less than 100% by mass based on the total of the organic pigment. (Water-soluble inorganic salt) The water-soluble inorganic salt used in the salt milling is not particularly limited as long as it is soluble in water, and sodium chloride, barium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium sulfate, etc. may be used. However, from the viewpoint of price, it is preferred to use sodium chloride or sodium sulfate. The particle size of the water-soluble inorganic salt is such that a smaller particle size is obtained, but since the small-sized inorganic salt is high in price, it is preferably 0.1/zm to 100/zm, more preferably 1 /im to 50/zm. From the viewpoints of both the treatment efficiency and the production efficiency, the amount of the water-soluble inorganic salt used in the salt milling step is preferably from 1 to 30 times by mass of all the organic pigments including the DPP-based pigment, particularly preferably 5 to 25 times the mass. The larger the ratio of the inorganic salts relative to the organic pigment, the higher the refining efficiency, but since the amount of the primary pigment treatment is relatively reduced, it is preferably set in the above range. © (Water-soluble organic solvent) A water-soluble organic solvent is used to provide a function of wetting an organic pigment or an inorganic salt as long as it is a water-soluble inorganic salt which is soluble in water (mixed) and is substantially insoluble. There are no special restrictions on the person. However, since the temperature rises during the salt milling, the solvent is easily evaporated, and from the viewpoint of safety, a boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 120 ° C or higher is preferably used. The water-soluble organic solvent includes, for example, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-butoxy-14-200948906 ethanol, 2-(isopentyloxy)ethanol, 2-(hexyloxy)ethanol, ethylene glycol, Diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, liquid polyethylene glycol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, dipropylene glycol, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, liquid polypropylene glycol, and the like. Further, the water-soluble organic solvent may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The amount of the water-soluble organic solvent added is preferably from 5% by mass to 80% by mass based on the water-soluble inorganic salt as described above, more preferably from 1% by mass to 60% by mass based on the water-soluble β-free salt. % is preferably from 15% by mass to 50% by mass based on the water-soluble inorganic salt. When the addition amount is in the range as described above, kneading of the uniform sentence can be achieved, the particle diameter is likely to be uniform, and since the softness of the kneaded composition is maintained in an appropriate range in the treatment, it is easy to impart a moderate degree at the time of kneading. Shear force, so I can get the refinement effect I want. The addition timing of the water-soluble organic solvent in the salt milling step may be added at the beginning of the step, or may be added separately. (Resin) In the production of the micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment in the present invention, in order to prevent the finely divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment from being strongly aggregated during drying, it can be easily dispersed. Preferably, after kneading the pigment with a water-soluble inorganic salt or the like, and removing the water-soluble inorganic salt and the water-soluble organic solvent, the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment is brought into contact with the resin before being supplied to the drying step. Here, the contact of the DPP pigment with the resin means that the resin is adhered to at least a part of the surface of the DPP pigment. The treatment of contacting the DPP pigment with the resin can be carried out in the steps of -15-200948906 before drying, for example, at the beginning or on the way of the salt milling step (kneading), after the salt milling step, after the salt milling. In the step, after the water washing step, a solid resin or a resin solution is added to carry out. The resin to be used in contact with the DPP pigment is preferably a polymer compound having an acid value of from 5 Å to 300 KOH/g. When the DPP pigment is brought into contact with a polymer compound having an acid value of 50 to 300 mgKOH/g, a soft powder pigment can be obtained to obtain a fine DPP pigment having high dispersibility and dispersion stability. The polymer compound having an acid value of 50 to 300 mgKOH/g used in the present invention is preferably water-insoluble, and a natural resin, a modified natural resin, a synthetic resin, a synthetic resin modified with a natural resin can be used. Wait. The natural resin is exemplified by rosin; the modified natural resin can be a rosin derivative, a cellulose derivative, a rubber derivative, a protein derivative, and the like. Further, the synthetic resin includes an epoxy resin, an acrylic resin, a maleic acid resin, a butyral resin, a polyester resin, a melamine resin, a phenol resin, a polyurethane resin, a polyamide resin, and the like. . The acid group present in the molecule of the polymer compound having an acid value of 50 to 300 mgKOH/g is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a carboxylic acid group, a phenol group, and a sulfonamide group. Etc., a particularly preferred acid group carboxylic acid group. The acid value is preferably from 50 to 300 mgKOH/g, more preferably from 50 to 250 mgKOH/g, most preferably from 70 to 250 mgKOH/g. When the acid value is adjusted to be in this range, it is possible to achieve superior bismuth solubility in the fine DPP-based pigment, aggregation prevention effect during drying, storage stability, and dispersibility. 200948906 The molecular weight of the polymer compound having an acid value of 50 to 300 mgKOH/g is preferably a weight average molecular weight! 〇〇〇 or more, 50,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or more, 30,000 or less, and most preferably 4 or more, 25,000 or less. When the molecular weight is adjusted within this range, excellent alkali solubility in the fine DPP pigment, aggregation prevention effect during drying, and dispersibility can be achieved. (Polymer compound containing a pigment absorbing group) Further, a polymer compound having an acid value of 50 to 300 mgKOH/g is preferably a polymer compound having a pigment absorbing group. Specifically, the polymer compound having a pigment absorbing group preferably contains a monomer derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (1), maleimide, and cis. A polymer of a polymerized unit of a monomer of a group consisting of enediamine derivatives (hereinafter, referred to as "Specific Polymer"). Among them, a specific polymer is particularly preferably a polymer comprising a polymerized unit derived from a monomer represented by the following formula (1) " ❹ 1 R1 H2C=C Formula (1)
Y-R^-Z 在如上所示之通式(1)中,R1係代表氫原子、或烷基。 R2係代表單鍵、或二價連結基。Y係代表—CO—、—c(=0 )〇 一、_ CONH _、_〇C(=〇)—、或伸苯基。z 係代表 具有含氮雜環基之基。 -17- 200948906 以R1所代表之烷基係較佳爲碳數爲1至12之烷基,更 佳爲碳數爲1至8之烷基,特佳爲碳數爲1至4之烷基。 若以R1所代表之烷基係具有取代基時,則該取代基係包 括:例如,羥基、或甲氧基、乙氧基、環己氧基等之烷氧基 。該烷氧基係較佳爲碳數爲1至5者,更佳爲碳數爲1至3 者。 具體言之,較佳的以R1所代表之烷基係包括:例如,甲 基、乙基、丙基、正-丁基、異·丁基、三級-丁基、正-己基、 環己基、2-羥基乙基、3-羥基丙基、2-羥基丙基、2-甲氧基乙 © 基。 其中,R1係最佳爲氫原子或甲基。 在通式(1)中,以R2所代表之二價連結基係較佳爲伸 烷基、或含有伸烷基之二價基。該伸烷基係較佳爲碳數爲1 至12之伸烷基,更佳爲碳數爲1至8之伸烷基,進一步更佳 爲碳數爲1至4之伸烷基。 此外,若該伸烷基係具有取代基時,則該取代基係包括 :例如,羥基等。 ◎ 具體言之,較佳的以R2所代表之伸烷基係包括:例如, 亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基。 以R2所代表之含有伸烷基之二價基係可爲該伸烷基係經 由雜原子(例如,氧原子、氮原子、或硫原子)而連結兩個 以上者。 此外,以R2所代表之含有伸烷基之二價基係也可爲在該 伸嬈基中之鍵結於Z的一方之末端,鍵結選自_〇—、一 S —Y-R^-Z In the above formula (1), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The Y series represents -CO-, -c(=0)〇, _CONH _, _〇C(=〇)-, or phenyl. The z series represents a group having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group. -17- 200948906 The alkyl group represented by R1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. . When the alkyl group represented by R1 has a substituent, the substituent includes, for example, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a cyclohexyloxy group. The alkoxy group is preferably a carbon number of from 1 to 5, more preferably a carbon number of from 1 to 3. Specifically, preferred alkyl groups represented by R1 include, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl, cyclohexyl. , 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 2-methoxyethyl. Among them, R1 is most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In the formula (1), the divalent linking group represented by R2 is preferably an alkyl group or a divalent group having an alkylene group. The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further, when the alkylene group has a substituent, the substituent includes, for example, a hydroxyl group or the like. ◎ In particular, preferred alkylene groups represented by R2 include, for example, methylene, ethyl, propyl, trimethylene, tetramethylene. The divalent group containing an alkylene group represented by R2 may be one or more which are bonded to each other by a hetero atom (e.g., an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom). Further, the divalent radical containing an alkylene group represented by R2 may also be a terminal bonded to Z in the exudate group, and the bond is selected from _〇-, an S-
、一C( = 〇) 〇—、一CONH-、一 C( = 0) S-、一 NHCONH -18- 200948906 —、一NHC(=0) Ο-、一 NHC(=0) S-、- 〇c(=〇) —、一 OCONH —、及一 NHCO-之雜原子或含有雜原子之部分 結構者。 具體言之,用於構成在通式(1)中之以z所代表之含氮 雜環基的含氮雜環結構係包括:例如,具有吡啶環、吡畊環、 嘧啶環、吡咯環、咪唑環、三唑環、四唑環、吲哚環、喹啉 環、吖啶環、啡噻畊環、啡噁畊環、吖啶酮環、蒽醌環、苯并 咪唑結構、苯并三唑結構、苯并噻嗖結構、環狀醯胺結構、 ❹ 環狀尿素結構、及環狀醯亞胺結構者。 此等之含氮雜環結構係可具有取代基,且該取代基係包 括:例如,烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、脂肪族酯基、芳香族 酯基、烷氧基羰基等。 其中,以Z所代表之含氮雜環基係更佳爲碳數爲6以上 之具有含氮雜環結構之基,且特佳爲碳數爲6以上、12以下 之具有含氮雜環結構之基。 具體言之,碳數爲6以上之含氮雜環結構係包括:較佳 ® 爲啡噻畊環、啡噁哄環、吖啶酮環、蒽醌環、苯并咪唑結構、 苯并三唑結構、苯并噻唑結構、環狀醯胺結構、環狀尿素結 構、及環狀醯亞胺結構;且特佳爲以下列通式(2) 、(3) 、或(4)所代表的結構^ -19- 200948906, a C ( = 〇 ) 〇 —, a CONH-, a C (= 0) S-, a NHCONH -18- 200948906 —, an NHC (=0) Ο-, an NHC (=0) S-, - 〇c(=〇) —, an OCONH —, and an NHCO-hetero atom or a partial structure containing a hetero atom. Specifically, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure for constituting the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group represented by z in the general formula (1) includes, for example, a pyridine ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrrole ring, Imidazole ring, triazole ring, tetrazole ring, anthracene ring, quinoline ring, acridine ring, morpholidine ring, morphine ring, acridone ring, anthracene ring, benzimidazole structure, benzotriazole An azole structure, a benzothiazepine structure, a cyclic guanamine structure, a guanidine cyclic urea structure, and a cyclic quinone imine structure. These nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structures may have a substituent, and the substituents include, for example, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, an aliphatic ester group, an aromatic ester group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and the like. In particular, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group represented by Z is more preferably a group having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring structure having a carbon number of 6 or more, and particularly preferably having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring structure having a carbon number of 6 or more and 12 or less. The basis. Specifically, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure having a carbon number of 6 or more includes: preferably: a morpholidine ring, a morphine ring, an acridone ring, an anthracene ring, a benzimidazole structure, a benzotriazole a structure, a benzothiazole structure, a cyclic guanamine structure, a cyclic urea structure, and a cyclic quinone imine structure; and particularly preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (2), (3), or (4) ^ -19- 200948906
通式(2) 通式(3) 通式(4) 在通式(2)中,X係選自由單鍵、伸烷基(例如,亞甲 基、伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基等)、一0_、_ S—、一 nra—、及一c(=o)—所組成的族群中之任一者。 在此,ra係代表氫原子或烷基。若ra係代表烷基時,則該烷 基係較佳爲碳數爲1至18之烷基,更佳爲碳數爲1至6之烷 基,且其實例係包括:例如,甲基、乙基、正-丙基、異-丙基 、正-丁基、三級-丁基、正-己基、正-辛基、2-乙基己基、正 -十八基等。 在如上所述者之中,在通式(2)中之X係較佳爲單鍵、 亞甲基、一 0—、或一C(=0)—,且特佳爲一C(=0)— 〇 在通式(4)中,Y及Z係各自獨立地代表一 N=、— NH _、_N(RB) —、— S—、或_〇—。若RB係代表烷基時, 則該烷基係較佳爲碳數爲1至18之烷基’更佳爲碳數爲1至 6之烷基,且其實物係包括:例如,甲基、乙基、正-丙基、 異-丙基、正-丁基、三級-丁基、正-己基、正-辛基、2-乙基己 基、正-十八基等。 在如上所述者之中,在通式(4)中之Y及Z係特佳爲-N=、一NH-、及_N(RB) —。Y及Z之組合的實例係包括 200948906 ·· Y及Z之任一者爲—N=,且另一者則爲一NH —的組合( 味哩基(imidazolyl group))。 在通式(2) 、(3)、或(4)之中,環a、環b、環C 、及環D係各自獨立地代表芳香環。該「芳香環」的實例係 包括:例如,苯環、萘環、茚環、奧環、弗環、蒽環、吡啶 環、吡畊環、嘧啶環、吡咯環、咪唑環、吲哚環、喹啉環、V 啶環、啡噻畊環、啡噁畊環、吖啶酮環、蒽醌環等;其中,較 佳爲苯環,萘環、蒽環、吡啶環、啡噁阱環、吖啶環、啡噻阱 ❹ 環、啡噁畊環、吖啶酮環、蒽醌環,且特佳爲苯環、萘環、吡 陡環。 具體言之,在通式(2)中之環Α及環Β的實例係包括: 例如,苯環、萘環、吡啶環、吡畊環等。 在通式(3)中之環C的實例係包括:例如,苯環、萘環 、吡啶環、吡畊環等。 在通式(4)中之環D的實例係包括:例如,苯環、萘環 、吡啶環、吡哄環等。 在以通式(2)、(3)、或(4)所代表的結構中,從分 散性、分散液之經時穩定性的観點來考慮,則環A、環B、環 C、及環D係更佳爲苯環、萘環,在通式(2)或(4)中,則 進一步更佳爲苯環,且在通式(3)中,則進一步更佳爲萘環 〇 此外’在本發明所謂的順丁烯二醯亞胺衍生物係意謂N 位係爲烷基或芳基等之取代基所取代之順丁烯二醯亞胺。 在下文中’則列舉以通式(1 )所代表之單體、順丁烯二 醯亞胺、及順丁烯二醯亞胺衍生物之較佳的具體實例(單體 -21- 200948906 Μ-l至M-3 0),但是本發明並不受限於此等。Formula (2) Formula (3) Formula (4) In the formula (2), X is selected from a single bond, an alkyl group (for example, methylene, ethyl, propyl, trimethylene) Any of a group consisting of a base, a tetramethylene group, etc., a 0_, a _S-, an nra-, and a c(=o). Here, the ra system represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. When ra is an alkyl group, the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include, for example, a methyl group, Ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-octadecyl and the like. Among the above, the X system in the formula (2) is preferably a single bond, a methylene group, a 0-, or a C(=0)-, and particularly preferably a C (=0). In the general formula (4), the Y and Z systems each independently represent an N=, —NH _, _N(RB) —, —S—, or _〇—. When RB represents an alkyl group, the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 18, more preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, and the actual system includes, for example, a methyl group, Ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-octadecyl and the like. Among the above, the Y and Z systems in the general formula (4) are particularly preferably -N=, one NH-, and _N(RB)-. Examples of the combination of Y and Z include 200948906 ··Y and Z are either -N=, and the other is a combination of NH- (imidazolyl group). In the general formula (2), (3), or (4), the ring a, the ring b, the ring C, and the ring D each independently represent an aromatic ring. Examples of the "aromatic ring" include, for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, an argon ring, an anthracene ring, an anthracene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, an anthracene ring, a quinoline ring, a V pyridine ring, a morpholidine ring, a morphine ring, an acridone ring, an anthracene ring, etc.; among them, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a pyridine ring, a morphine ring, Acridine ring, phenothiazine ring, morphine ring, acridone ring, anthracene ring, and particularly preferred are benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pyridyl ring. Specifically, examples of the cyclic oxime and the cyclic oxime in the general formula (2) include, for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridin ring and the like. Examples of the ring C in the formula (3) include, for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridin ring and the like. Examples of the ring D in the formula (4) include, for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridinium ring and the like. In the structure represented by the general formula (2), (3), or (4), considering the dispersibility and the stability of the dispersion over time, the ring A, the ring B, the ring C, and The ring D is more preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring in the formula (2) or (4), and further preferably a naphthalene ring in the formula (3). The so-called maleimide derivative in the present invention means a maleimide substituted with a substituent such as an alkyl group or an aryl group at the N position. Hereinafter, a preferred specific example of the monomer represented by the general formula (1), maleimide, and maleimide derivative (monomer-21-200948906 Μ- l to M-3 0), but the invention is not limited thereto.
-22- 200948906-22- 200948906
Η b〇C^H Μ-16Η b〇C^H Μ-16
x°r Μ-17X°r Μ-17
co^^o ο〇2^γ^οCo^^o ο〇2^γ^ο
OH C〇2 coC^^oOH C〇2 coC^^o
M-20 Μ-19M-20 Μ-19
H O -23- 200948906 ΗH O -23- 200948906 Η
Μ-22Μ-22
^CONH^- Ο^CONH^- Ο
Μ-25Μ-25
Η3Η3
Μ-28 Μ-29Μ-28 Μ-29
Μ-30Μ-30
在本發明中之特定聚合物係可僅含有一種或含有兩種以 上之衍生自選自由以通式(1)所代表之單體、順丁烯二醯亞 胺、及順丁烯二醯亞胺衍生物所組成的族群中之一種單體的 聚合單元。 在以通式(1)所代表之單體、順丁烯二醯亞胺、及順丁 烯二醯亞胺衍生物之中,尤其是由於以通式(1)所代表之單 -24- 200948906 體對於顏料之吸著性高,因此爲較佳。 在本發明之特定聚合物中,衍生自選自由以通式(1)所 代表之單體、順丁烯二醯亞胺、及順丁烯二醯亞胺衍生物所 組成的族群中之一種單體的聚合單元之含量,係假設包含在 聚合物中之全部結構單元爲100質量%時,則較佳爲含有5質 量%以上,更佳爲含有10至50質量%。 亦即,爲有效地抑制顏料之一次粒子凝集體的二次凝集 體之形成、或有效地減弱二次凝集體之凝集力,則衍生自選 © 自由以通式(1)所代表之單體、順丁烯二醯亞胺、及順丁烯 二醯亞胺衍生物所組成的族群中之一種單體的聚合單元之含 量係較佳爲5質量%以上。此外,從以含有顏料分散組成物之 光聚合性組成物製造彩色濾光片時之顯影性的觀點來考慮, 則衍生自選自由以通式(1)所代表之單體、順丁烯二醯亞胺 、及順丁烯二醯亞胺衍生物所組成的族群中之一種單體的聚 合單元之含量係較佳爲50質量%以下。 在本發明中之特定聚合物係較佳爲含有衍生自具有酸基 ® 之單體的聚合單元。由於特定聚合物係含有衍生自具有酸基 之單體的聚合單元,因此當將顏料分散組成物適用於光聚合 性組成物時,則具有優越的未曝光部之顯影移除性。 具有酸基之單體係包括:丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、巴豆酸 、α-氯丙烯酸、桂皮酸等之不飽和一元羧酸類;順丁烯二酸 、順丁烯二酸酐、反丁烯二酸、伊康酸、伊康酸酐、檸康酸 、檸康酸酐、中康酸等之不飽和二元羧酸或其之酐類;三元 以上之不飽和多元羧酸或其之酐類;琥珀酸一(2-丙烯醯氧 基乙基)酯、琥珀酸一(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、鄰苯 -25- 200948906 二甲酸一(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、鄰苯二甲酸一(2-甲基丙 烯醯氧基乙基)酯等之二元以上的多元羧酸之一〔(甲基) 丙烯醯氧基烷基〕酯類;ω-羧基-聚己內酯一丙烯酸酯、ω-羧基-聚己內酯一甲基丙烯酸酯等之兩末端羧基高分子之一 (甲基)丙烯酸酯類等。 在本發明中之特定聚合物係可僅含有一種或含有兩種以 上之衍生自具有酸基之單體的聚合單元。 在特定聚合物中,衍生自具有酸基之單體的聚合單元之 含量係較佳爲可使得特定聚合物之酸價爲50 mgKOH/g以上 © ,特佳爲50至3 00 mgKOH/g之量。亦即,從抑制在顯影液中 的析出物之形成的觀點來考慮,則衍生自具有酸基之單體的 聚合單元之含量係較佳爲可使得特定聚合物之酸價爲50 mgKOH/g以上之量。爲有效地抑制顔料之一次粒子凝集體的 二次凝集體之形成'或有效地減弱二次凝集體之凝集力時, 則衍生自具有酸基之單體的聚合單元之含量係較佳爲可使得 特定聚合物之酸價爲50至300 mgKOH/g之量。 此外,若在本發明中之特定聚合物係具有50至300 〇 mgKOH/g之酸價時,則可將該特定聚合物用作爲如前所述之 酸價爲50至300 mgKOH/g之高分子化合物。 此外,在本發明中之特定聚合物係可在不損及其之功效 範圍內,更進一步含有衍生自乙烯基單體的聚合單元。 在此,可使用之乙烯基單體係並無特殊的限制,但是其 係較佳爲例如(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、巴豆酸酯類、乙烯基酯 類、順丁烯二酸二酯類、反丁烯二酸二酯類、伊康酸二酯類 、(甲基)丙烯醯胺類、乙烯基醚類、乙烯基醇之酯類、苯 -26- 200948906 乙烯類、(甲基)丙烯腈等。此等乙烯基單體的具體實例係 例如包括如下所述之化合物。此外,在本說明書中,在表示 「丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸」中之任一者或兩者時,有時候則稱 爲「(甲基)丙烯酸」。 (甲基)丙烯酸酯類的實例係包括:(甲基)丙烯酸甲 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正-丙酯、(甲基 )丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正-丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級-丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正-己酯 © 、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級-丁基環己酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級-辛酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸十二烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸乙醯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯、(甲基 )丙烯酸2-乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2- (2·甲氧基乙氧 基)乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-苯氧基-2-羥基丙酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸苯甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二甘醇一甲基醚酯、(甲基 ® )丙烯酸二甘醇一乙基醚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三甘醇一甲基 醚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三甘醇一乙基醚酯、聚(甲基)丙烯 酸乙二醇一甲基醚酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸乙二醇一乙基醚酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙氧基乙酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸 壬基苯氧基乙二醇酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯、(甲基 )丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三氟乙酯、( 甲基)丙烯酸八氟戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸全氟辛基乙酯、( 甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三溴苯酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸三溴苯氧基乙酯等。 -27- 200948906 巴豆酸酯類的實例係包括:巴豆酸丁酯、及巴豆酸己酯 等。 乙烯基酯類的實例係包括:醋酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯、 丁酸乙烯酯、甲氧基醋酸乙烯酯、及苯甲酸乙烯酯等。 順丁烯二酸二酯類的實例係包括:順丁烯二酸二甲酯、 順丁烯二酸二乙酯、及順丁烯二酸二丁酯等。 反丁烯二酸二酯類的實例係包括:反丁烯二酸二甲酯、 反丁烯二酸二乙酯、及反丁烯二酸二丁酯等。 伊康酸二酯類的實例係包括:伊康酸二甲酯、伊康酸二 © 乙酯、及伊康酸二丁酯等。 (甲基)丙烯醯胺類係包括:(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲 基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丙基( 甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-正-丁基( 甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-三級-丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-環己基 (甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-( 2-甲氧基乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺 、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二乙基(甲基)丙烯 醯胺、N-苯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-苯甲基(甲基)丙烯醯 〇 胺、(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉、二丙酮丙烯醯胺等。 乙烯基醚類的實例係包括:甲基乙烯基醚、丁基乙烯基 醚、己基乙烯基醚、及甲氧基乙基乙烯基醚等。 苯乙烯類的實例係包括:苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、二甲基 苯乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯、乙基苯乙烯、異丙基苯乙烯、丁基 苯乙烯、羥基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯 氧基苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、二氯苯乙烯、溴苯乙烯、氯甲基苯 乙烯、受到可以酸性物質加以脫保護之基(例如,三級-丁氧 -28- 200948906 基羰基(t-Boc: t-butoxycarbonyl)等)加以保護之羥基苯乙 烯、乙烯基苯甲酸甲醋、及α-甲基苯乙嫌等。 在本發明中之特定聚合物之較佳的分子量係較佳爲重量 平均分子量(Mw)爲在1,〇〇〇至50,000之範圍、數量平均分 子量(Μη)爲在400至30,000之範圍,更佳爲重量平均分子 量(Mw)爲在3,000至30,000之範圍、數量平均分子量(Μη )爲在1,〇〇〇至20000之範圍。 特別是最佳爲重量平均分子量(M w )爲在4,000至20,000 Ο 之範圍、數量平均分子量(Μη)爲在1,500至1 5,000之範圍 〇 亦即,從有效地抑制顏料之一次粒子凝集體的二次凝集 體之形成、或有效地減弱二次凝集體之凝集力的觀點來考慮 ,則特定聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)係較佳爲〗,〇〇〇以 上。此外,從以含有處理顏料(processed pigment)之光聚合 性組成物製造彩色濾光片時之顯影性的觀點來考慮,則特定 聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)係較佳爲50,000以下。 ® 特定聚合物係例如使用以通式(1)所代表之單體與作爲 共聚合成分的其他自由基聚合性化合物,並以一般的自由基 聚合法來製造。一般而言,其係使用懸浮聚合法或溶液聚合 法等。 在合成此等之特定聚合物時所使用之「溶劑」係包括: 例如,二氯化乙烯、環己酮、甲基乙基酮、丙酮、甲醇、乙 醇、丙醇、丁醇、乙二醇一甲基醚、乙二醇一乙基醚、醋酸 2-甲氧基乙酯、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、醋酸1-甲氧基-2-丙酯、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基亞楓、甲苯、醋 -29- 200948906 酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯等。此等之溶劑係可單獨或兩 種以上混合使用。 此外,在進行自由基聚合時,則可使用自由基聚合引發 劑,此外,也可進一步使用鏈轉移劑(例如2-氫硫基乙醇及 十二基硫醇)。 此等在微細化DPP系顏料之製造步驟中,在乾燥前之步 驟用於與DPP系顏料相接觸之樹脂係相對於含有DPP系顏料 之有機顏料的合計量較佳爲添加1質量%至80質量%。更佳 的添加量係相對於含有DPP系顏料之有機顏料的合計量爲5 質量%至60質量%,最適的是相對於含有DPP系顏料之有機 顏料的合計量爲7質量%至3 5質量%。 若添加量爲在1質量%至80質量%之範圍內時,則可獲 得乾燥時之足夠的防止凝集功效,同時也可獲得較佳的色相 之彩色濾光片》 (顔料衍生物) 在本發明中,爲促進二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料之微細化, 則可在進行鹽磨時添加顏料衍生物。 顏料衍生物所具有之較佳的骨架係包括:喹吖酮系顏料 、酞青素系顏料、偶氮系顏料、唾酞酮系顏料、異吲哚啉系 顏料、異吲哚啉酮系顔料、二酮吡咯并吡咯系顔料、苯并咪 唑酮顏料等骨架。此外,萘系、蒽醌系、三氮畊系、唾啉系等 之淡黃色之芳香族多環化合物也包括在較佳的骨架中。在此 等骨架之中,從色相及微細化促進功效的觀點來考慮,則特 佳爲嗤吖酮系顔料、二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料、及偶氮系顏料 200948906 此外’可用於添加之顔料衍生物的實例係包括:可使用 在曰本發明專利特開平第1 1_49974號公報、日本發明專利特 開平第1 1 - 1 89732號公報、日本發明專利特開平第ι〇_2455〇1 號公報、日本發明專利特開第2006-265528號公報、日本發 明專利特開平第8-2958 1 0號公報、日本發明專利特開平第 11-199796號公報、日本發明專利特開第2〇〇5_234478號公報 、日本發明專利特開第2003-240938號公報、日本發明專利 特開第2 001-356210號公報、日本發明專利特開第 © 2001-22〇520號公報、曰本發明專利特開第2007_186681號公 報等中所揭述者。 在本發明中’在鹽磨時添加顏料衍生物之情況時,相對 於100質量份之DPP系顔料,則顏料衍生物係較佳爲在〇」 至20質量份之比率使用,更佳爲在0.5至10質量份之範圍使 用。若含量係相對於100質量份之DPP系顏料爲在0.1至20 質量份之範圍,則可獲得優越的微細化功效。 在本發明中,在鹽磨時添加顏料衍生物之情況時,通常 ¥ 係在捏合之前,將DPP系顏料與顏料衍生物以粉體混合使用 ,但是也可在捏合之途中添加顏料衍生物。此外,顏料衍生 物係可一次添加全量、或分割成若干次來添加。 在本發明中,在鹽磨時添加顏料衍生物之情況時,可使 用之化合物的實例係如下所示。The specific polymer in the present invention may contain only one kind or two or more kinds derived from a monomer selected from the group consisting of the formula (1), maleimide, and maleimide. a polymerized unit of one of the groups of derivatives. Among the monomers represented by the formula (1), maleimide, and maleimide derivatives, especially due to the mono-24- represented by the formula (1) 200948906 The body is highly absorbing, so it is preferred. In the specific polymer of the present invention, it is derived from a single group selected from the group consisting of a monomer represented by the general formula (1), a maleimide, and a maleimide derivative. The content of the polymerization unit of the bulk is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, based on 100% by mass of all the structural units contained in the polymer. That is, in order to effectively suppress the formation of the secondary aggregate of the primary aggregate of the pigment or to effectively attenuate the cohesive force of the secondary aggregate, the derivative is freely derived from the monomer represented by the general formula (1), The content of the polymerization unit of one of the groups of the maleimide and the maleimide derivative is preferably 5% by mass or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of developability when a color filter is produced from a photopolymerizable composition containing a pigment dispersion composition, it is derived from a monomer selected from the formula (1), maleic acid The content of the polymerization unit of one of the groups consisting of the imine and the maleimide derivative is preferably 50% by mass or less. The specific polymer in the present invention is preferably a polymerized unit derived from a monomer having an acid group. Since the specific polymer contains a polymer unit derived from a monomer having an acid group, when the pigment dispersion composition is applied to a photopolymerizable composition, it has excellent development removability of the unexposed portion. The single system having an acid group includes: unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, α-chloroacrylic acid, cinnamic acid, etc.; maleic acid, maleic anhydride, fumaric acid , an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid such as itaconic acid, itaconic anhydride, citraconic acid, citraconic anhydride, mesaconic acid or the like; an unsaturated polycarboxylic acid having three or more or an anhydride thereof; Acid mono(2-propenyloxyethyl) ester, mono(2-methylpropenyloxyethyl) succinate, o-benzene-25- 200948906 dicarboxylic acid mono(2-propenyloxyethyl) One of a dibasic or higher polycarboxylic acid such as an ester or a mono(2-methylpropenyloxyethyl) phthalate [(meth) propylene decyloxyalkyl] ester; ω-carboxy- One of the two terminal carboxyl groups (meth) acrylate such as polycaprolactone monoacrylate or ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone monomethacrylate. The specific polymer in the present invention may contain only one kind or two or more kinds of polymerized units derived from a monomer having an acid group. In the specific polymer, the content of the polymerized unit derived from the monomer having an acid group is preferably such that the acid value of the specific polymer is 50 mgKOH/g or more, and particularly preferably 50 to 300 mgKOH/g. the amount. That is, from the viewpoint of suppressing the formation of precipitates in the developer, the content of the polymerized unit derived from the monomer having an acid group is preferably such that the acid value of the specific polymer is 50 mgKOH/g. The above amount. In order to effectively suppress the formation of the secondary aggregate of the primary aggregate of the pigment or to effectively weaken the cohesive force of the secondary aggregate, the content of the polymerized unit derived from the monomer having an acid group is preferably The acid value of the specific polymer is made in an amount of 50 to 300 mgKOH/g. Further, if the specific polymer in the present invention has an acid value of 50 to 300 〇 mgKOH/g, the specific polymer can be used as the acid value as described above at a high temperature of 50 to 300 mgKOH/g. Molecular compound. Further, the specific polymer in the present invention may further contain a polymerized unit derived from a vinyl monomer within a range which does not impair the efficacy thereof. Here, the vinyl single system which can be used is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, (meth) acrylates, crotonates, vinyl esters, maleic acid diesters. , fumaric acid diesters, itaconic acid diesters, (meth) acrylamides, vinyl ethers, vinyl alcohol esters, benzene-26- 200948906 ethylene, (methyl) Acrylonitrile and the like. Specific examples of such vinyl monomers are, for example, compounds including those described below. Further, in the present specification, when either or both of "acrylic acid and methacrylic acid" are used, it is sometimes referred to as "(meth)acrylic acid". Examples of (meth) acrylates include: methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl) ) n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) Tri-butylcyclohexyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary-octyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Octacol ester, ethoxylated ethyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, (A) 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, 2-(2.methoxyethoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (A) Base) benzyl acrylate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth)acrylate, (methyl®) diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, (meth)acrylic acid Glycol monomethyl ether ester, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol monomethyl (meth)acrylate, poly(methyl) methacrylate monoethyl ether Ester, phenoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, nonylphenoxyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate, bicyclo(meth)acrylate Pentenyloxyethyl ester, trifluoroethyl (meth)acrylate, octafluoropentyl (meth)acrylate, perfluorooctylethyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, Tribromophenyl (meth)acrylate, tribromophenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and the like. -27- 200948906 Examples of crotonates include: butyl crotonate, and hexyl crotonate. Examples of the vinyl esters include vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, methoxyvinyl acetate, and vinyl benzoate. Examples of the maleic acid diesters include: dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate, and dibutyl maleate. Examples of the fumaric acid diesters include: dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate, and dibutyl fumarate. Examples of the ikonic acid diesters include: dimethyl ikonate, diethyl orthoacetate, and dibutyl itaconate. (Meth) acrylamides include: (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-propyl (methyl ) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-n-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-tertiary-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ring Hexyl (meth) acrylamide, N-(2-methoxyethyl)(meth) acrylamide, N,N-dimethyl(meth) decylamine, N,N-diethyl (Meth) acrylamide, N-phenyl (meth) acrylamide, N-benzyl (meth) acrylamide, (meth) propylene hydrazino, diacetone acrylamide, etc. . Examples of the vinyl ethers include methyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, hexyl vinyl ether, and methoxyethyl vinyl ether and the like. Examples of styrenes include: styrene, methyl styrene, dimethyl styrene, trimethyl styrene, ethyl styrene, isopropyl styrene, butyl styrene, hydroxystyrene, methoxy Styrene, butoxy styrene, ethoxylated styrene, chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, bromostyrene, chloromethylstyrene, bases deprotected by acidic materials (eg, tertiary - Butoxy-28-200948906 hydroxy styrene (t-Boc: t-butoxycarbonyl), etc., protected by hydroxystyrene, vinyl benzoic acid methyl vinegar, and α-methyl phenyl benzene. The preferred molecular weight of the specific polymer in the present invention is preferably such that the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is in the range of 1, 〇〇〇 to 50,000, and the number average molecular weight (?η) is in the range of 400 to 30,000. Preferably, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is in the range of 3,000 to 30,000, and the number average molecular weight (?η) is in the range of 1, 〇〇〇 to 20,000. In particular, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight (M w ) is in the range of 4,000 to 20,000 Å, and the number average molecular weight (?η) is in the range of 1,500 to 1 5,000, that is, from the primary particle agglomeration which effectively suppresses the pigment. From the viewpoint of the formation of the secondary aggregate of the body or the viewpoint of effectively reducing the cohesive force of the secondary aggregate, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific polymer is preferably 〇〇〇 or more. Further, from the viewpoint of developability when a color filter is produced from a photopolymerizable composition containing a processed pigment, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific polymer is preferably 50,000 or less. The specific polymer is produced, for example, by using a monomer represented by the formula (1) and another radical polymerizable compound as a copolymerization component, and by a general radical polymerization method. In general, a suspension polymerization method, a solution polymerization method, or the like is used. The "solvent" used in the synthesis of such specific polymers includes, for example, ethylene dichloride, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, ethylene glycol. Monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, N, N-di Methylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, toluene, vinegar -29- 200948906 ethyl acetate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, and the like. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, in the case of radical polymerization, a radical polymerization initiator may be used, and a chain transfer agent (e.g., 2-hydrothioethanol and dodecylmercaptan) may be further used. In the production step of the fine DPP pigment, the total amount of the resin used in contact with the DPP pigment in the step before drying is preferably from 1% by mass to 80% based on the total amount of the organic pigment containing the DPP pigment. quality%. The amount of addition is more preferably from 5% by mass to 60% by mass based on the total amount of the organic pigment containing the DPP pigment, and most preferably from 7 mass% to 35 mass% based on the total amount of the organic pigment containing the DPP pigment. %. When the amount added is in the range of 1% by mass to 80% by mass, a sufficient color filter for preventing agglomeration can be obtained while drying, and a color filter of a preferred hue can be obtained (pigment derivative). In the invention, in order to promote the miniaturization of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a pigment derivative can be added during salt milling. Preferred skeletons of the pigment derivative include: quinophthalone pigment, anthraquinone pigment, azo pigment, sulphonone pigment, isoporphyrin pigment, isoindolinone pigment a skeleton such as a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment or a benzimidazolone pigment. Further, a pale yellow aromatic polycyclic compound such as a naphthalene type, an anthraquinone type, a triazotized system or a sirolimus type is also included in a preferred skeleton. Among these skeletons, from the viewpoint of hue and miniaturization to promote efficacy, it is particularly preferred to be an anthrone-based pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment, and an azo-based pigment 200948906. Examples of the derivative include: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2006-265528, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2003-240938, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. 2 001-356210, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2001-22〇520, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-186681 The person disclosed in the bulletin and the like. In the case of adding a pigment derivative at the time of salt milling, the pigment derivative is preferably used in a ratio of from 〇 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably in a ratio of 100 parts by mass of the DPP pigment. It is used in the range of 0.5 to 10 parts by mass. When the content is in the range of 0.1 to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the DPP pigment, superior micro-refinement efficiency can be obtained. In the present invention, in the case where a pigment derivative is added during salt milling, the DPP pigment and the pigment derivative are usually mixed as a powder before kneading, but a pigment derivative may be added in the middle of kneading. Further, the pigment derivative may be added in one portion at a time or divided into several times to be added. In the present invention, in the case where a pigment derivative is added at the time of salt milling, examples of the compound which can be used are shown below.
-31- 200948906-31- 200948906
-32- 200948906 Ο-32- 200948906 Ο
ΟΟ
gh2n" :Χ>ΝΗ· οGh2n":Χ>ΝΗ· ο
,Ν. OH so3h -ΝΗ,Ν. OH so3h -ΝΗ
(h)(h)
i-^^-so3· S03- Ca2 (鹽磨步驟及其後之步驟) 在本發明中之鹽磨步驟係將二酮吡咯并吡咯系顔料、水 溶性無機鹽、及實質地不溶解該水溶性無機鹽之水溶性有機 溶劑、更進一步視需要之樹脂(較佳爲酸價爲50至300 mgKOH/g之高分子化合物)以機械式加以捏合之步驟。 該步驟係可以捏合機或行星式混合機(planetary mixer )、連續式之微粒化裝置等之任意裝置實施,但是在微粒化 時之溫度則較佳爲l〇°C至150°C,更佳爲20°C至120°C,最 適爲30°C至90°C。若在高於150°C進行微粒化時,則有可能 導致粒子之成長速度超過微粒化速度,使得微粒化不容易進 行之情況。此外,若在1 〇°C以下進行微粒化時,則有可能因 微粒化時之放熱而導致粒徑之控制發生困難,造成製造穩定 -33- 200948906 性波動,因此爲不佳。鹽磨處理係可以能獲得目的粒徑之任 意時間實施,但是通常爲2小時至24小時’若考慮及生產性 ,則較佳爲2小時至1 5小時。 在如上所述鹽磨步驟後’移除捏合物中之水溶性無機鹽 與水溶性有機溶劑,藉此則可獲得微細化的加工顏料。 首先,在鹽磨步驟後’通常係對於所獲得之捏合物施加 脫鹽處理。 脫鹽處理係可使用任意習知的裝置來實施’但是通常係 採取將捏合物及熱水飼入於分散槽中’以高速混合機等加以 © 攪拌之方法。 經分散後之顔料通常係實施過濾及洗淨。過濾及洗淨係 可使用習知的任意裝置來實施’但是通常係使用壓濾機(filter press),在本發明中較佳爲也使用壓濾機。 經脫鹽處理及過濾後之顏料’通常係加以乾燥°乾燥多 半係使用一般的烘箱,但是也可使用噴霧乾燥法或真空乾燥 法。尤其是噴霧乾燥法則由於可獲得弱乾燥凝集且容易分散 之顔料粉體而爲眾所皆知者。 ® 以烘箱乾燥時之溫度通常爲30°C至150°C,較佳爲30°C 至120°C,最適爲40°C至90°C。若在高於150°C之溫度進行 乾燥時,則有可能導致激烈的乾燥凝集,使得分散困難之情 況。此外,在低於30°C之溫度下乾燥,由於需要長時間’在 生產性的觀點上是不佳。 經乾燥後之處理顏料中的水份量係通常爲0.01質量%至 10質量%,較佳爲0.0 5質量%至5質量%,最適爲0.05質量% 至3質量%。 -34- 200948906 本發明之顏料分散組成物雖然含有DPP系顏料,但是較 佳爲使用至少~種如前所述之微細化DPP系顏料所構成。 本發明之顏料分散組成物係視需要也可與其他顏料、或 染料組合使用。組合的具體實例係如下所述者。 例如’紅色顔料係可使用二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料之至少 一種(含有如前所述之微細化DPP系顏料)與雙偶氮系黃色 顏料、異吲哚啉系黃色顏料、喹酞酮系黃色顏料、或茈系紅 色顏料之混合等。此外,爲獲得較佳的色相,也可將二酮吡 © 咯并吡咯系顏料與蒽醌系顏料組合使用。關於二酮吡咯并吡 咯系顏料之較佳的顏料係包括:C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅 255、C_I·顏料紅264等,但是從色相、分光特性的觀點來考 慮’則較佳爲C.I.顏料紅254。關於蒽醌系顏料之較佳者係包 括:C.I.顏料紅89、C.I.顏料紅177等,但是從色相、分光特 性的觀點來考慮,則較佳爲使用C.I.顏料紅177» 「蒽醌系顔料」係相對於100質量份二酮吡咯并吡咯系 顔料之含量較佳爲0至20 0質量份,最適爲0至120質量份 ❿ 此外,從色相、分光特性、對比的觀點來考慮,則在C.I. 顏料紅254與C.I.顏料紅177,倂用C.I.顔料黃150或C.I.顔 料黃139、C.I.顏料黃138等之黃色顏料也是較佳。其中,從 對比的観點來考慮,則特佳爲C.I.顏料紅254與C.I_顏料紅 177倂用C.I.顏料黃150之組合。 可與本發明之顏料分散組成物倂用之顏料係並無特殊的 限制,可使用在如上所述二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料項中之如前 已述之一系列習知的顏料,但是較佳的組合係如上所述。從 -35- 200948906 ' * 對比的觀點來考慮,則可倂用之顏料係較佳爲已受到與微細 化DPP系顏料相同程度之微細化。 可與本發明之顏料分散組成物倂用之染料係並無特殊的 限制’可使用先前用作爲彩色濾光片用途之習知的染料。例 如,在日本發明專利特開昭第64-90403號公報、日本發明專 利特開昭第64-9 1 102號公報、日本發明專利特開平第1 -94301 號公報、日本發明專利特開平第6-11614號公報、日本發明 專利特登第2592207號、美國發明專利第4,808,501號說明書 、美國發明專利第5,667,920號說明書、美國發明專利第 〇 5,059,5 00號說明書、日本發明專利特開平第5_3 3 32〇7號公報 、日本發明專利特開平第6-35183號公報、日本發明專利特 開平第6-5 1115號公報、日本發明專利特開平第6- 1 94828號 公報、日本發明專利特開平第8-211599號公報、日本發明專 利特開平第4-249549號公報、日本發明專利特開平第 1 0-1233 16號公報、日本發明專利特開平第n_3〇2283號公報 、日本發明專利特開平第7-286107號公報、日本發明專利特 開第2001-4823號公報、日本發明專利特開平第8-15522號公 〇 報、日本發明專利特開平第8-29771號公報、日本發明專利 特開平第8-1462 15號公報、日本發明專利特開平第i 7 號公報、日本發明專利特開平第8-62416號公報、日本發明 專利特開第2002-14220號公報、日本發明專利特開第 2〇〇2-1 422 1號公報、日本發明專利特開第2〇〇2_14222號公報 、曰本發明專利特開第2002-14223號公報、曰本發明專利特 開平第8-302224號公報、日本發明專利特開平第8_73758號 公報、日本發明專利特開平第8_17912〇號公報、日本發明專 -36- 200948906 利特開平第8-151531號公報等中所揭述之色素。 化學結構係可使用吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基 甲院系、蒽酿系、蒽卩比陡酮系、苯亞甲基系、氧雜菁(Oxonol) 系、吡唑三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、賽恩寧系、啡噻畊系、 吡咯并吡唑次甲基偶氮系、mil哩系、酞青素系、苯并哌喃系 、靛藍系等之染料。 在本發明之顔料分散組成物中,dpp系顏料係可僅使用 一種或兩種以上倂用。 ® 在顏料分散組成物中包括DPP系顏料及吾所欲倂用之其 他顏料在內的顏料之總含量,以相對於該顏料分散組成物之 總固體成分(質量)的顏料比率計,則較佳爲40至90質量% ’更佳爲50至80質量%。若顏料之含量爲在該範圍內時,則 在確保色濃度充分且優越的色特性上是有效。 此外,相對於本發明之顔料分散組成物中之全部的顏料 ,則DPP系顏料係較佳爲含有50質量%以上,更佳爲含有7〇 質量%以上。顏料之全部係可爲一種或兩種以上之DPP系顔I-^^-so3·S03-Ca2 (salt grinding step and subsequent steps) The salt milling step in the present invention is a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a water-soluble inorganic salt, and substantially insoluble in the water. The water-soluble organic solvent of the inorganic salt, and a further resin (preferably a polymer compound having an acid value of 50 to 300 mgKOH/g) is mechanically kneaded. This step can be carried out by any means such as a kneader or a planetary mixer, a continuous micronizing device, etc., but the temperature at the time of micronization is preferably from 10 ° C to 150 ° C, more preferably. It is from 20 ° C to 120 ° C, and most preferably from 30 ° C to 90 ° C. If the atomization is carried out at a temperature higher than 150 °C, the growth rate of the particles may exceed the rate of microparticulation, so that the micronization is not easy to carry out. In addition, when the atomization is carried out at a temperature of 1 〇 ° C or less, the control of the particle size may be difficult due to the heat generation during the atomization, and the production may be unstable, which is not preferable. The salt milling treatment can be carried out at any time to obtain the desired particle diameter, but it is usually from 2 hours to 24 hours. From the viewpoint of productivity and productivity, it is preferably from 2 hours to 15 hours. The water-soluble inorganic salt in the kneaded mass and the water-soluble organic solvent are removed after the salt milling step as described above, whereby a finely processed pigment can be obtained. First, after the salt milling step, the desalting treatment is usually applied to the obtained kneaded material. The desalination treatment can be carried out by using any conventional means 'but usually by feeding the kneaded material and hot water into the dispersion tank' by a high-speed mixer or the like. The dispersed pigment is usually filtered and washed. Filtration and washing can be carried out using any conventional means. However, a filter press is usually used, and in the present invention, a filter press is preferably used. The desalted and filtered pigments are usually dried and dried. Generally, a general oven is used, but a spray drying method or a vacuum drying method may also be used. In particular, the spray drying method is well known for obtaining a pigment powder which is weakly dry and agglomerated and which is easily dispersed. The temperature at which the oven is dried in an oven is usually from 30 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably from 30 ° C to 120 ° C, most preferably from 40 ° C to 90 ° C. If it is dried at a temperature higher than 150 °C, it may cause intense dry agglomeration, which makes the dispersion difficult. Further, drying at a temperature lower than 30 ° C is not preferable from the viewpoint of productivity because it takes a long time. The amount of moisture in the dried treated pigment is usually from 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably from 0.05% by mass to 5% by mass, most preferably from 0.05% by mass to 3% by mass. -34- 200948906 The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention contains a DPP pigment, but it is preferably composed of at least one type of finely divided DPP pigment as described above. The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention can also be used in combination with other pigments or dyes as needed. Specific examples of the combination are as follows. For example, the red pigment may be at least one of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (containing a micronized DPP pigment as described above), a disazo yellow pigment, an isoporphyrin yellow pigment, and a quinophthalone. A mixture of yellow pigments or lanthanide red pigments. Further, in order to obtain a preferable hue, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment may be used in combination with an anthraquinone pigment. Preferred pigments for the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments include CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, C_I·Pigment Red 264, etc., but from the viewpoint of hue and spectral characteristics, it is preferably CI Pigment. Red 254. Preferred examples of the fluorene-based pigment include CI Pigment Red 89, CI Pigment Red 177, etc., but from the viewpoint of hue and spectral characteristics, CI Pigment Red 177» "蒽醌-based pigment" is preferably used. The content of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is preferably from 0 to 20 parts by mass, preferably from 0 to 120 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. Further, from the viewpoints of hue, spectroscopic characteristics, and contrast, in CI Pigment red 254 and CI Pigment Red 177, and a yellow pigment such as CI Pigment Yellow 150 or CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 138 or the like are also preferred. Among them, from the point of comparison, it is particularly preferable to use C.I. Pigment Red 254 and C.I_Pigment Red 177 倂 with C.I. Pigment Yellow 150. The pigment system which can be used in combination with the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known one of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments as described above may be used, but A preferred combination is as described above. From the viewpoint of -35- 200948906 '*, it is preferable that the pigment which can be used is finely refined to the same extent as the fine DPP pigment. There is no particular limitation on the dye system which can be used in the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention. A conventional dye which has been conventionally used as a color filter can be used. Japanese Patent Publication No. 64-90403, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. -11614, Japanese Patent Application No. 2,592,207, U.S. Patent No. 4,808,501, U.S. Patent No. 5,667,920, U.S. Patent No. 5,059,500, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5_3 3 Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 6-35183, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei 6-5 1115, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei 6- 1948828, Japanese Patent Application No. Hei No. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Publication No. 7-286107, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-48823, Japanese Patent Publication No. 8-15522, Japanese Patent Publication No. 8-15522 Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. 2-1 422 No. 1, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 8-302224, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Pigment. The chemical structure may be a pyrazole azo system, an anilino azo system, a triphenyl phenyl system, a brewing system, a sulphur ratio sketone system, a benzylidene system, an oxycyanine (Oxonol) system, or a pyridyl group. Oxazole triazole azo, pyridone azo, sianning, thiophene, pyrrolopyrazole methine azo, mil oxime, phthalocyanine, benzopyran, indigo A dye such as a dye. In the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, the dpp pigment may be used alone or in combination of two or more. ® In the pigment dispersion composition, the total content of the pigment including the DPP pigment and other pigments to be used is compared with the pigment ratio of the total solid content (mass) of the pigment dispersion composition. Preferably, it is 40 to 90% by mass 'more preferably 50 to 80% by mass. When the content of the pigment is within this range, it is effective in ensuring sufficient color density and superior color characteristics. In addition, the DPP-based pigment is preferably contained in an amount of 50% by mass or more, and more preferably 7% by mass or more, based on all the pigments in the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention. All of the pigments may be one or more types of DPP
〔(B)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯及(C)鄰 苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮〕 本發明之顏料分散組成物係包含:相對於100質量份之 如前所述(A)二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料爲0.1至30質量份之 (B)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯、及相對於 100質量份之如前所述(A)二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料爲〇.1至 20質量份之(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮。 (B )鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯係至少一 -37- 200948906 個鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基鍵結於二酮吡咯并吡咯所獲得之二 酮吡咯并吡咯。此外’作爲鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基而具有代 表性之鄰苯二甲醢亞胺基甲基係具有如下所示之結構。 〇[(B) o-xylylenediamine alkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole and (C) phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinophthalone] The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention comprises: relative 100 parts by mass of the (A) diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment as described above in an amount of 0.1 to 30 parts by mass of (B) phthalic acid imidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole, and relative to 100 parts by mass The mass fraction is as described above (A) the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is 1.1 to 20 parts by mass of (C) phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinone. (B) phthalic acid imidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole is at least one-37-200948906 phthalic acid imidoalkyl group bonded to diketopyrrolopyrrole Pyrrolopyrrole. Further, the orthophthalic imidomethyl group which is representative as the phthalimidoalkylene group has the structure shown below. 〇
〇〇
鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基甲基化二酮吡咯并吡咯係以下列通式 (B)所代表的結構之二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料衍生物。The phthalic acid iminomethylated diketopyrrolopyrrole is a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment derivative having the structure represented by the following formula (B).
通式(B) 〇 在如前所示之通式(B)中,X及Y係各自獨立地代表氫 原子 '烷基、氰基、芳基、或鹵素基。η係表示鄰苯二甲醯亞 胺基甲基之取代數,且代表1至3之整數。在如上所示之通 式(Β)中之X及Υ係與在如前所示之通式(Α)中之X及Υ 同義,且較佳的模式也是相同。 (Β)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡略并吡咯係以習知 的製法,例如將二酮吡咯并吡咯系紅色顏料在硫酸中與聚甲 -38- 200948906 醛(paraform )、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺或羥基甲基鄰苯二甲醯亞胺 進行反應等,藉此則可容易地製造。關於該合成方法,已詳 細揭述於日本發明專利特開昭第62-149759號公報等,可參 閱該文獻。可使用於該合成之二酮吡咯并吡咯系紅色顏料係 包括:例如C.I.顏料紅254、255、264、及C.I.顏料橙71、73 等,從合成之容易性與色相的觀點來考慮,則特別是較佳爲 使用C.I.顏料紅255。 (B) 鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯係也可使 © 用鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基甲基之取代數爲1至3之鄰苯二甲醯亞 胺基甲基化二酮吡咯并吡咯與未經鄰苯二甲醯亞胺化之二酮 吡咯并吡咯系紅色顏料之混合物。此時之二酮吡咯并吡咯系 紅色顏料係包括:例如,C.I.顏料紅254、25 5、264、及例如 C.I.顏料橙71、73之二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料等》 (C) 鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮係至少一個鄰苯二 甲醯亞胺基烷基爲喹吖酮環上之氫原子所取代而鍵結的喹吖 酮。此外,作爲鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基而具有代表性的鄰苯 ® 二甲醯亞胺基甲基係具有如下所示之結構。General formula (B) 〇 In the general formula (B) as shown above, X and Y each independently represent a hydrogen atom 'alkyl group, cyano group, aryl group or halogen group. The η system represents the substitution number of the phthalic acid iminomethyl group and represents an integer of 1 to 3. The X and oxime systems in the above formula (Β) are synonymous with X and Υ in the formula (Α) as shown before, and the preferred mode is also the same. (Β) o-xylylenediamine-alkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole according to a known method, for example, a diketopyrrolopyrrole red pigment in sulfuric acid and polymethyl-38-200948906 aldehyde (paraform ), phthalimide or hydroxymethylphthalimide is reacted, etc., whereby it can be easily produced. This synthesis method has been described in detail in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 62-149759, and the like. The diketopyrrolopyrrole red pigment which can be used for the synthesis includes, for example, CI Pigment Red 254, 255, 264, and CI Pigment Orange 71, 73, etc., from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and hue, particularly It is preferred to use CI Pigment Red 255. (B) o-phthalimidoalkylamined diketopyrrolopyrrole can also be used as a phthalimide with a substitution number of 1 to 3 with phthalic acid imidomethyl group. A mixture of a methylated diketopyrrolopyrrole and a diketopyrrolopyrrole red pigment which is imidized without phthalic acid. The diketopyrrolopyrrole red pigment at this time includes, for example, CI Pigment Red 254, 25 5, 264, and, for example, CI Pigment Orange 71, 73, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, etc. (C) phthalic acid The quinone imidoalkylated quinacridone is at least one phthalimidoalkylene group which is a quinacridone bonded by a hydrogen atom on the quinacridone ring. Further, the ortho-phenyl quinone iminoimidomethyl group which is a typical phthalimidoalkylene group has the structure shown below.
〇 鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基甲基化喹吖酮係以下列通式(C)所代 表的結構之喹吖酮系顏料衍生物。 -39- 200948906〇 o-phthalimidomethylated quinacridone is a quinophthalone pigment derivative having a structure represented by the following formula (C). -39- 200948906
通式(C) 在如前所示之通式(C)中,X及Y係各自獨立地代表氫 原子、甲基或氯原子。η係表示鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基甲基之取代 數,且代表1至3之整數。 可使用於以如上所述結構所代表之本發明之(C)鄰苯二 甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮係包括:例如,鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基 甲基化未經取代之喹吖酮、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基甲基化二甲基 嗤吖酮、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基甲基化二氯喹吖酮等。 包含在本發明之顏料分散組成物中之(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞 胺基烷基化喹吖酮係可僅使用一種或兩種以上之混合物。 (C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮係例如將喹吖酮系 紅色顏料在硫酸中與聚甲酵(paraformaldehyde)、鄰苯二甲 醯亞胺或羥基甲基鄰苯二甲醯亞胺進行反應等,藉此則可容 易地製造。關於該方法,已詳細揭述於日本發明專利特開昭 第55-10 84 66號公報等,可參閱該文獻》 (C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化唾吖酮係可使用鄰苯二甲 醯亞胺基甲基之取代數爲1至3之鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基甲基化 唾吖酮與未經鄰苯二甲醯亞胺化之唾吖酮系紅色顏料之混合 物。此時之喹吖酮系紅色顏料係包括:例如C.I.顔料紫19之 -40- 200948906 未經取代之喹吖酮顏料、C.I.顏料紅122之二甲基喹uy嗣顏料 、(:_I.顏料紅202、C.I.顏料紅209之二氯喹吖酮顔料等。 本發明之顏料分散組成物係必須包含:相對於1〇〇質量 份之如前所述(A)二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料爲〇.丨至3〇質量 份之(B)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡略、相對於 1〇〇質量份之(A)二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料爲〇.丨至2〇質量份 之(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮;但是,(B)鄰苯 二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯之特佳的含量係相對於 © 100質量份之二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料爲0.1質量份至25質量 份,最適爲0.5質量份至20質量份。此外,「( C)鄰苯二 甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮」之特別較佳的含量係相對於100 質量份之二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料爲0.1質量份至15質量份, 最適爲0.5質量份至15質量份。 兩者之添加量比率係較佳爲在如上所述各自含量之範圍 內,且(B)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯之添加 量係相對於(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮爲等量或較 y 多。藉由含有該範圍之鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并 吡咯及鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮,則可獲得高顔料分 散性、高對比,及彩色濾光片之優越的表面平滑性。 在本發明中,(B)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并 吡咯及(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮係可各使用一種 或兩種以上併用》 關於本發明之顏料分散組成物之調製,(B)鄰苯二甲醯 亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯及(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基 化喹吖酮係可在任何時序添加至(A)二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料, -41- 200948906 但是較佳爲至少一部分係在實施二酮吡咯并吡咯之微細化後 (較佳爲平均一次粒徑達到10 nm至30 nm後)添加。具體 言之,例如,對於鹽磨結束後之捏合物添加、脫鹽分散時添 加、對於乾燥粉碎後之顏料粉體添加、對於進行分散前之顏 料分散組成物添加、顏料分散途中添加等。藉由將至少一部 分鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯及鄰苯二甲醯亞 胺基烷基化喹吖酮在二酮吡咯并吡咯之微細化後添加,則可 獲得高顔料分散性、高對比、及彩色濾光片之優越的表面平 滑性。 ❹ 爲提高分散穩定性、獲得高對比,則本發明之顏料分散 組成物係可倂用除了如上所述之(B)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基 化二酮吡咯并吡略及(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮以 外之顏料衍生物也是較佳。 可倂用之較佳的「顔料衍生物」係包括:具有與分散劑 之親和性部位且可吸著在DPP系顔料表面者。藉由使用具有 可作爲分散劑之吸著點的部位、且可吸著在DPP系顏料表面 之顔料衍生物,則分散劑可容易地吸著在DPP顏料表面,可 © 使得DPP系顔料成爲微細粒子而分散於顏料分散組成物中, 此外,也可防止其之再凝集。 具體言之,可倂用之較佳的「顔料衍生物」係以有機顏 料作爲基體骨架(matrix skeleton ),而在側鏈導入酸性基或 鹼性基、芳香族基作爲取代基所獲得之化合物。具體言之, 關於「基體骨架之有機顔料」係包括:酞青素系顏料、偶氮 系顏料、喹酞酮系顔料、異吲哚啉系顔料、異吲哚啉酮系顏 料、苯并咪哩酮系顏料等。此外,具有:龍略㈣略系顏 -42- 200948906 料之骨架、且未包含在如上所述(B)成分之顔料衍生物,或 具有嗤吖酮系顔料之骨架、且未包含在如上所述(C)成分之 衍生物等也可倂用作爲顔料衍生物。 此外’基體骨架係也包括通常並未被稱爲色素之萘系、 蒽醌系、三氮哄系、喹啉系等之淡黃色之芳香族多環化合物在 內。 其中,較佳的基體骨架係偶氮系顏料,此外,也包括具 有喹吖酮系顏料、二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料之基體骨架,具有 與如前所述本發明之必須成分不同的結構之顏料衍生物。 在本發明適合倂用之顏料衍生物係包括:例如,在日本 發明專利特開平第3- 1 53 780號公報、日本發明專利特開平第 1 1-49974號公報、日本發明專利特開平第UJ 8973 2號公報 、日本發明專利特開平第10-245501號公報、日本發明專利 特開第2006-265 528號公報、日本發明專利特開平第8-2958 1 0 號公報、日本發明專利特開平第1 1-1 99796號公報、日本發 明專利特開第2005-234478號公報、日本發明專利特開第 2003-240938號公報、日本發明專利特開第2001-356210號公 報、日本發明專利特開第2007-1 8668 1號公報等中所揭述者 〇 在本發明中,在倂用除了(B)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化 二酮吡咯并吡咯及(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化唾吖酮以外 之顏料衍生物時,則所倂用之其他顏料衍生物的添加量,以 質量換算計’相對於100份之包含在顔料分散組成物中的顔 料(包括二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料),則較佳爲0.1份至30份 ’更佳爲0.5份至30份,最適爲1份至25份。若在該範圍, -43- 200948906 則可獲得良好的分散性及高對比。在使用除了( B )成分、( C)成分以外之其他顏料衍生物時,則其他顏料衍生物之總量 係較佳爲設定成使得相對於(B)成分及(C)成分之總量爲 1 〇倍量以下。 〔(D)有機溶劑〕 本發明之顏料分散組成物係含有至少一種之有機溶劑。 可用於調製本發明之顏料分散組成物之(D)有機溶劑係 包括:醋酸1-甲氧基-2-丙酯、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、乙二醇一甲 基醚、二甘醇一甲基醚、醋酸乙酯、醋酸丁酯、乳酸乙酯、 © 丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、正-丙醇、2-丙 醇、正-丁醇、環己醇、乙二醇、二甘醇、甲苯、二甲苯(茬 )等。 有機溶劑係根據顔料分散組成物之用途來加以選擇,且 在組成物中可僅使用一種或兩種以上倂用。 此外,有機溶劑之添加量係根據顔料分散組成物之用途 等而適當地選擇,但是在用於調製容後所述之著色聚合性組 成物時,從使用性(handling characteristics )的觀點來考慮 〇 ,則可添加成包括顏料等在內之固體成分濃度爲5至50質量 %。 〔其他成分〕 —分散劑_ 從提高所含有的顏料之分散性的觀點來考慮,則本發明 之顏料分散組成物係較佳爲添加分散劑。 可使用於本發明之「分散劑」係包括:高分子分散劑〔 例如,聚醯胺基胺及其之鹽、聚羧酸及其之鹽、高分子量不 -44- 200948906 飽和酸醋、經改質之聚胺基甲酸酯、經改質之聚酯、經改質 之聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚合物、萘磺 酸-甲醛縮合物〕、聚氧化乙烯烷基磷酸酯、聚氧化乙烯烷基 胺、烷醇胺等。 高分子分散劑係可以其之結構更進一步分類爲:直鏈狀 高分子化合物、末端改質型高分子化合物、接枝型高分子化 合物、嵌段型高分子化合物。 高分子分散劑係提供吸著在顏料之表面以防止再凝集之 ® 作用。因此,較佳的結構係可列舉具有對於顏料表面的固定 部位之末端改質型高分子化合物、接枝型高分子化合物、嵌 段型高分子化合物。 在下文中,則關於各適合本發明之高分子分散劑的嵌段 型高分子化合物、接枝型高分子化合物、及末端改質型高分 子化合物加以說明。 (嵌段型高分子化合物) 可作爲高分子分散劑使用之嵌段型高分子化合物係並無 特殊的限制,其係可使用具有顏料吸著嵌段(pigment adsorbing block )與具有非顔料吸著嵌段(non-pigment adsorbing block)之「嵌段型高分子化合物」。 「構成顏料吸著嵌段之單體」,雖然並無特殊的限制, 但是較佳爲例如具有顏料吸著官能基之單體。具體言之,其 係包括:具有有機色素結構或雜環結構之單體、具有酸性基 之單體、具有鹼性氮原子之單體等。 在下文中,則關於適合用作爲構成顏料吸著嵌段之單體 之具有有機色素結構或雜環結構之單體、具有酸性基之單體 -45- 200948906 、及具有鹼性氮原子之單體加以說明。 具有有機色素結構或雜環結構之單體係包括:例如,具 有酞青素系、不溶性偶氮系、偶氮色澱系、蒽醌系、喹吖酮 系、二噁阱系、二酮吡咯并吡咯系、蒽吡啶系、蒽酮垛蒽酮系 、陰丹酮系、黃士酮系、茈酮系、茈系、硫靛藍系等之色素 結構:或例如,噻吩、呋喃、卩ill嗤、吡咯、吡咯啉、吡咯啶、 二噁茂烷、吡唑、吡唑啉、吡唑啶、咪唑'噁唑、噻唑、噁 二唑、三唑、噻二唑、哌喃、吡啶、哌啶、二噁烷、嗎啉、 嗒畊、嘧啶、哌畊、三氮阱、三噻烷、異吲哚啉、異吲哚啉酮 、苯并咪唑酮、苯并噻唑、琥珀醯亞胺、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、 萘二甲醯亞胺、海因、吲哚、喹啉、昨哩、吖啶、吖啶酮、 蒽醌等之雜環結構的單體。 更具體言之,雖然並無特殊的限制,但是可列舉具有如 下所示之結構的單體。 200948906In the general formula (C) as shown above, X and Y each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a chlorine atom. The η system represents the substitution number of the o-phthalimidomethyl group and represents an integer of 1 to 3. The (C) phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinophthalone group of the present invention which can be used for the structure represented by the above-mentioned structure includes, for example, phthalic acid imine methylation unsubstituted Quinone, phthalimidomethylated dimethyl fluorenone, phthalimidomethylated chloroquinone, and the like. The (C) phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinophthalone contained in the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention may be used alone or in a mixture of two or more. (C) phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinophthalones, for example, quinophthalone red pigment in sulfuric acid with paraformaldehyde, phthalimide or hydroxymethylortho The reaction of dimethyl sulfimine and the like can be easily produced. This method has been described in detail in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 55-10 84 66 and the like, and can be referred to the document (C) o-phthalimidoalkylamine-based salidone. a phthalic acid imine methyl substituted phthalic acid with 1 to 3 phthalic acid imine methyl group substituted with phthalic acid, which is imidized with phthalic acid a mixture. The quinacridone red pigment at this time includes, for example, CI Pigment Violet 19-40-200948906 unsubstituted quinophthalone pigment, CI Pigment Red 122 dimethylquinoquinone uy嗣 pigment, (:_I. Pigment Red) 202, CI Pigment Red 209 bischloroquinacridone pigment, etc. The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention must contain: relative to 1 part by mass of the above (A) diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is 〇.丨 to 3 parts by mass of (B) phthalic acid imidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole, relative to 1 part by mass of (A) diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is 〇.丨Up to 2 parts by mass of (C) phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinophthalone; however, (B) terephthalene imidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole It is 0.1 parts by mass to 25 parts by mass, preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. Further, "(C) phthalic acid imidoalkyl group A particularly preferred content of the quinacridone is from 0.1 part by mass to 15 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, optimum It is 0.5 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass. The ratio of addition ratio of both is preferably within the range of the respective contents as described above, and (B) phthalic acid imidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole The amount added is equivalent to or more than (C) o-phthalimidoalkylamine quinophthalone. By containing the range of phthalimidoalkylene dialkyl pyrroles And pyrrole and phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinacridone can obtain high pigment dispersibility, high contrast, and superior surface smoothness of color filters. In the present invention, (B) adjacent The xylylenediamine alkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole and the (C) phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinophthalone may be used singly or in combination of two or more of the present invention. Modulation of the composition, (B) o-phthalimidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole and (C) phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinophthalone can be added at any time ( A) diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, -41- 200948906, but it is preferred that at least a part is after the miniaturization of the diketopyrrolopyrrole (preferably In particular, for the addition of the kneaded material after the completion of the salt milling, the addition of the desalting dispersion, the addition of the pigment powder after the dry pulverization, and the pre-dispersion Adding a pigment dispersion composition, adding a pigment dispersion, etc. by alkylating at least a portion of the phthalic acid imino group to the diketopyrrolopyrrole and the phthalic acid imino group. When the ketopyrrolopyrrole is added after refining, high pigment dispersibility, high contrast, and excellent surface smoothness of the color filter can be obtained. 颜料 In order to improve dispersion stability and obtain high contrast, the pigment dispersion of the present invention The composition may be used in addition to (B) phthalic acid imidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole and (C) phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinophthalone as described above. Pigment derivatives are also preferred. A preferred "pigment derivative" which can be used includes a portion having an affinity with a dispersant and which can be adsorbed on the surface of a DPP pigment. By using a pigment derivative having a absorbing point which can serve as a dispersing agent and absorbing the pigment derivative on the surface of the DPP pigment, the dispersing agent can be easily adsorbed on the surface of the DPP pigment, and the DPP pigment can be made fine. The particles are dispersed in the pigment dispersion composition, and in addition, re-aggregation can be prevented. Specifically, a preferred "pigment derivative" which can be used is a compound obtained by using an organic pigment as a matrix skeleton and introducing an acidic group or a basic group in the side chain and an aromatic group as a substituent. . Specifically, the "organic pigment of the matrix skeleton" includes an anthraquinone pigment, an azo pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, an isoporphyrin pigment, an isoindolinone pigment, and a benzopyrimidine. Anthrone-based pigments and the like. Further, it has a skeleton of the material of the material of the material of the above-mentioned (B), or a skeleton of the anthrone-based pigment, and is not included in the above. A derivative of the component (C) or the like can also be used as a pigment derivative. Further, the "matrix skeleton" also includes a pale yellow aromatic polycyclic compound which is not usually referred to as a pigment, such as a naphthalene, an anthracene, a triazide or a quinoline. Among them, a preferred matrix skeleton is an azo pigment, and a matrix skeleton having a quinophthalone pigment or a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is also included, and has a structure different from the essential components of the present invention as described above. Pigment derivatives. The pigment derivative which is suitable for use in the present invention includes, for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2005-234478, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-240938, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-356210, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. In the present invention, in addition to (B) phthalimidoalkylene diketopyrrolopyrrole and (C) phthalic acid, it is disclosed in the publication No. 2007-1 8668. In the case of a pigment derivative other than a quinone imine alkylated sulforaphanone, the amount of the other pigment derivative to be used is, in mass conversion, 'relative to 100 parts of the pigment contained in the pigment dispersion composition ( Diketopyrrolopyrrole Material), is preferably from 0.1 parts to 30 parts' is more preferably 0.5 parts to 30 parts, optimally 1 to 25 parts. If it is in this range, -43- 200948906, good dispersion and high contrast can be obtained. When a pigment derivative other than the component (B) or the component (C) is used, the total amount of the other pigment derivative is preferably set so that the total amount of the component (B) and the component (C) is 1 〇 times the amount below. [(D) Organic Solvent] The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention contains at least one organic solvent. The (D) organic solvent which can be used to prepare the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention includes 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, © acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, n-propanol, 2-propanol, N-butanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, toluene, xylene (oxime) and the like. The organic solvent is selected depending on the use of the pigment dispersion composition, and only one type or two or more types may be used in the composition. In addition, the amount of the organic solvent to be added is appropriately selected depending on the use of the pigment dispersion composition, etc., but it is considered from the viewpoint of handling characteristics when used to prepare a colored polymerizable composition described later. Further, the solid content concentration including the pigment or the like may be added in an amount of 5 to 50% by mass. [Other components] - dispersant _ The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is preferably a dispersant added from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the pigment to be contained. The "dispersant" which can be used in the present invention includes: a polymeric dispersant [for example, polyamidoamine and a salt thereof, a polycarboxylic acid and a salt thereof, and a high molecular weight not-44-200948906 saturated acid vinegar, Modified polyurethane, modified polyester, modified poly(meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic copolymer, naphthalenesulfonic acid-formaldehyde condensate, polyoxidation Ethylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, alkanolamine, and the like. The polymer dispersant can be further classified into a linear polymer compound, a terminal modified polymer compound, a graft polymer compound, and a block polymer compound. The polymeric dispersant provides the effect of sorption on the surface of the pigment to prevent re-aggregation. Therefore, preferred examples of the structure include a terminal modified polymer compound having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment, a graft polymer compound, and a block polymer compound. Hereinafter, the block type polymer compound, the graft type polymer compound, and the terminal modified type high molecular compound each suitable for the polymer dispersant of the present invention will be described. (Block type polymer compound) The block type polymer compound which can be used as a polymer dispersing agent is not particularly limited, and a pigment adsorbing block and a non-pigment absorbing block can be used. "Block type polymer compound" of a non-pigment adsorbing block. The "monomer constituting the pigment absorbing block" is preferably a monomer having a pigment absorbing functional group, although not particularly limited. Specifically, it includes a monomer having an organic dye structure or a heterocyclic structure, a monomer having an acidic group, a monomer having a basic nitrogen atom, and the like. In the following, a monomer having an organic dye structure or a heterocyclic structure, a monomer having an acidic group, -45-200948906, and a monomer having a basic nitrogen atom, which are suitable as monomers constituting the pigment sorption block, are used. Explain. A single system having an organic dye structure or a heterocyclic structure includes, for example, an anthracycline system, an insoluble azo system, an azo lake system, an anthraquinone system, a quinacridone system, a dioxane system, and a diketopyrrole. Pigment structure of pyrrole, pyridine pyridine, fluorenone ketone, indanthrone, ketone, fluorenone, anthraquinone, thioindigo or the like: or, for example, thiophene, furan, 卩ill嗤, pyrrole, pyrroline, pyrrolidine, dioxane, pyrazole, pyrazoline, pyrazole, imidazole, thiazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, triazole, thiadiazole, piperidine, pyridine, piperidine , dioxane, morpholine, argon, pyrimidine, piperazine, triazine, trithiane, isoporphyrin, isoindolinone, benzimidazolone, benzothiazole, amber imine, neighbor a monomer having a heterocyclic structure of benzylidene imine, naphthyl imine, hydantoin, hydrazine, quinoline, ruthenium, acridine, acridone, anthracene or the like. More specifically, although not particularly limited, a monomer having a structure as shown below can be cited. 200948906
具有酸性基之單體的實例係包括:具有羧基之乙烯基單 -47- 200948906 ' 體、或具有磺酸基之乙烯基單體、具有磷酸基之乙烯基單體 0 具有羧基之乙烯基單體係包括:(甲基)丙烯酸、乙烯 基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸一烷基酯、反丁烯二酸 、伊康酸、巴豆酸、桂皮酸、丙烯酸二聚物等。 此外,也可利用(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等之具有羥 基之單體與例如順丁烯二酸酐或鄰苯二甲酸酐、環己烷二甲 酸酐之環狀酐的加成反應物,聚一(甲基)丙烯酸ω-羧基-己內酯等。 Ο 除此之外,作爲羧基之前驅物係也可使用順丁烯二酸酐 、伊康酸酐、檸康酸酐等之含有酐之單體。 此外,在此等之中,從共聚合性或成本、溶解性等的觀 點來考慮,則特佳爲(甲基)丙烯酸。 此外,具有磺酸基之乙烯基單體係包括:2-丙烯醯胺_2_ 甲基丙烷磺酸等。此外,具有磷酸基之乙烯基單體係包括: 磷酸一(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基酯)、磷酸一(1-甲基-2-丙烯醯 氧基乙基酯)等。 Ο 具有鹸性氮原子之單體係包括:其中,具有雜環之單體 係包括:乙烯基吡啶、乙烯基咪唑、乙烯基三唑等;(甲基 )丙烯酸酯類係包括:(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1-(Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基)-1,1-二甲基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸Ν,Ν· 二甲基胺基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸Ν,Ν-二乙基胺基乙酯、( 甲基)丙烯酸Ν,Ν-二異丙基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸Ν,Ν-二-正-丁基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸Ν,Ν-二-異-丁基胺基乙 -48- 200948906 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸嗎啉基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸哌啶基乙 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1-吡咯啶基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基-2-吡咯啶基胺基乙酯、及(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基 苯基胺基乙酯等;(甲基)丙烯醢胺類係包括:n-(n’,n’-二甲基胺基乙基)丙烯醯胺、Ν·( Ν’,N’-二甲基胺基乙基)甲 基丙烯醯胺、N-( N’,N’-二乙基胺基乙基)丙烯醯胺、N-( N’,N’-二乙基胺基乙基)甲基丙烯醯胺、N-(N’,N’-二甲基胺基丙基 )丙烯醯胺、N- (Ν’,N’-二甲基胺基丙基)甲基丙烯醯胺、 ❹ Ν· (Ν’,N’-二乙基胺基丙基)丙烯醯胺、N- (Ν’,N’-二乙基胺 基丙基)甲基丙烯醯胺、2-( N,N-二甲基胺基)乙基(甲基 )丙烯醯胺、2- ( N,N-二乙基胺基)乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺 、3- ( N,N-二乙基胺基)丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、3-( N,N-二甲基胺基)丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、卜(N,N-二甲基胺基 )-1,1-二甲基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、及6-( N,N-二乙基胺 基)己基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、嗎啉基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、哌 啶基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶基(甲基)丙烯醯 ® 胺等;苯乙烯類係包括·· N,N-二甲基胺基苯乙烯、Ν,Ν-二甲 基胺基甲基苯乙烯等。 此外,也可使用具有尿素基、胺基甲酸酯基、具有配位 性氧原子之碳數爲4以上之烴基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、 異氰酸酯基、羥基之單體。 具體言之,其係包括具有下列結構之單體。 -49- 200948906Examples of the monomer having an acidic group include a vinyl mono-47-200948906' body having a carboxyl group, or a vinyl monomer having a sulfonic acid group, a vinyl monomer having a phosphate group, and a vinyl group having a carboxyl group. The system includes: (meth)acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, monoalkyl maleate, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid dimerization Things and so on. Further, an addition reaction of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate with a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride or phthalic anhydride or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride may also be used. , poly(meth)acrylic acid ω-carboxy-caprolactone and the like. Further, in addition to the above, as the carboxyl group precursor, an anhydride-containing monomer such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride or citraconic anhydride may be used. Further, among these, (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, and the like. Further, the vinyl single system having a sulfonic acid group includes 2-propenylamine-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid and the like. Further, the vinyl single system having a phosphoric acid group includes: mono(2-propenyloxyethyl ester) phosphate, mono(1-methyl-2-propenyloxyethyl ester), and the like.单 A single system having an inert nitrogen atom includes: wherein the single system having a heterocyclic ring includes: vinyl pyridine, vinyl imidazole, vinyl triazole, etc.; (meth) acrylate type includes: (methyl ) N,N-dimethylaminoethyl acrylate, hydrazine (meth) acrylate, hydrazine-dimethylaminopropyl propyl ester, 1-(anthracene, fluorenyl-dimethylamino) (meth) acrylate 1,1-dimethylmethyl ester, bismuth (meth)acrylate, ruthenium dimethylaminohexyl hexyl ester, bismuth (meth) acrylate, ruthenium-diethylaminoethyl ester, bismuth (meth) acrylate , Ν-diisopropylaminoethyl ester, bismuth (meth) acrylate, ruthenium-di-n-butylaminoethyl ester, bismuth (meth) acrylate, ruthenium-di-iso-butylamino -48- 200948906 Ester, morpholinyl (meth) acrylate, piperidinyl (meth) acrylate, 1-pyrrolidyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-(meth) acrylate Dimethyl-2-pyrrolidylaminoethyl ester, and N,N-dimethylphenylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.; (meth) acrylamide series include: n-(n ',n'-dimethylaminoethyl) acrylamide Ν·(Ν',N'-dimethylaminoethyl)methacrylamide, N-(N',N'-diethylaminoethyl) decylamine, N-(N', N'-Diethylaminoethyl)methacrylamide, N-(N',N'-dimethylaminopropyl) acrylamide, N-(Ν', N'-dimethyl Aminopropyl)methacrylamide, ❹ Ν (Ν', N'-diethylaminopropyl) acrylamide, N-(Ν', N'-diethylaminopropyl) Methyl acrylamide, 2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethyl(meth) acrylamide, 2-(N,N-diethylamino)ethyl(meth) propylene oxime Amine, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)propyl(meth)acrylamide, 3-(N,N-dimethylamino)propyl(meth)acrylamide,b N,N-Dimethylamino)-1,1-dimethylmethyl(meth)acrylamide, and 6-(N,N-diethylamino)hexyl(methyl)propenamide , morpholinyl (meth) acrylamide, piperidinyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl (meth) propylene oxime amine, etc.; styrene system including · N,N-dimethylaminostyrene Ν, Ν- dimethyl amino methyl styrene and the like. Further, a monomer having a urea group, a urethane group, a hydrocarbon group having a coordinating oxygen atom of 4 or more, an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group or a hydroxyl group can also be used. Specifically, it includes a monomer having the following structure. -49- 200948906
除此之外,可利用含有離子性官能基之單體。 離子性乙烯基單體(陰離子性乙烯基單體、陽離子性乙 烯基單體)的實例係包括:其中該陰離子性乙烯基單體係包 括:如前所述之具有酸性基之乙烯基單體之鹼金屬鹽、或與 有機胺(例如,三乙基胺、二甲基胺基乙醇等之三級胺)之 鹽等。該陽離子性乙烯基單體係包括:經將如前所述之含氮 乙嫌基單體,以鹵化烷基(烷基:C1至18;鹵素原子:氯原 子'漠原子或碘原子),氯化苯甲基、溴化苯甲基等之鹵化 -50- 200948906 苯甲基,甲烷磺酸等之烷基磺酸酯(烷基:C1至18) ’苯磺 酸、甲苯磺酸等之芳基磺酸烷基酯(烷基:C1至18) ’硫酸 二烷基酯(烷基:C1至4)等加以四級化所獲得者’二烷基 二芳基銨鹽等。 如前所述之「具有顏料吸著官能基之單體」係可根據欲 加以分散的顏料之種類來適當地選擇,且此等係可單獨使用 或兩種以上倂用。 「構成非顏料吸著嵌段之單體」,雖然並無特殊的限制 ® ,但是其係包括:例如,(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、巴豆酸酯類 、乙烯基酯類、順丁烯二酸二酯類、反丁烯二酸二酯類、伊 康酸二酯類、(甲基)丙烯醯胺類、苯乙烯類、乙烯基醚類 、乙烯基酮類、烯烴類、順丁烯二醯亞胺類、(甲基)丙烯 腈等之具有非顏料吸著基之單體。 此等構成非顏料吸著嵌段之單體係可單獨使用或兩種以 上倂用。 此外,在適用於需要鹼顯影處理之顏料分散組成物之情 胃況時,則可倂用如上所述之構成非顏料吸著嵌段之單體與具 有酸性基之乙烯基單體。 (甲基)丙烯酸酯類的實例係包括:(甲基)丙烯酸甲 酯' (甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正-丙酯、(甲基 )丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正-丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級-丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸正-己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸三級-丁基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸三級-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷酯、(甲基) -51- 200948906 丙烯酸十八烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙醯氧基乙酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 2-甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙 烯酸2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-氯乙酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸乙烯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-苯基乙烯酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸1-丙烯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、(甲基 )丙烯酸2-烯丙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸炔丙酯、(甲基 )丙烯酸苯甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二甘醇一甲基醚酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸二甘醇一乙基醚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三甘醇一甲 〇 基醚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三甘醇一乙基醚酯、聚(甲基)丙 烯酸乙二醇一甲基醚酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸乙二醇一乙基醚 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸>5 -苯氧基乙氧基乙酯、聚(甲基)丙烯 酸壬基苯氧基乙二醇酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三氟乙酯' (甲基)丙烯酸八氟戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸全氟辛基乙酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三溴苯酯、( 甲基)丙烯酸三溴苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸r -丁內酯等 © 〇 巴豆酸酯類的實例係包括:巴豆酸丁酯、及巴豆酸己酯 等。 乙烯基酯類的實例係包括:醋酸乙烯酯、氯醋酸乙烯醋 、丙酸乙烯酯、丁酸乙烯酯、甲氧基醋酸乙烯酯、及苯甲酸 乙烯酯等。 順丁烯二酸二酯類的實例係包括:順丁烯二酸二甲酯、 順丁烯二酸二乙酯、及順丁烯二酸二丁酯等。 -52- 200948906 反丁烯二酸二酯類的實例係包括:反丁烯二酸二甲酯、 反丁烯二酸二乙酯、及反丁烯二酸二丁酯等。 伊康酸二酯類的實例係包括:伊康酸二甲酯、伊康酸二 乙酯、及伊康酸二丁酯等。 (甲基)丙烯醯胺類係包括:(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲 基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丙基( 甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-正-丁基丙 烯基(甲基)醯胺、N-三級·丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-環己 © 基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N- ( 2-甲氧基乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯 胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二乙基(甲基)丙 烯醯胺、N-苯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-硝基苯基丙烯醯胺、 N-乙基-N-苯基丙烯醯胺、N-苯甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲 基)丙烯醯基嗎啉、二丙酮丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺、 N-羥基乙基丙烯醯胺、乙烯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二烯 丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-烯丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等。 苯乙烯類的實例係包括:苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、二甲基 ® 苯乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯、乙基苯乙烯、異丙基苯乙烯、丁基 苯乙烯、羥基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯 氧基苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、二氯苯乙烯、溴苯乙烯、氯甲基苯 乙烯、受到可以酸性物質加以脫保護之基(例如,三級-丁氧 基羰基(t-Boc: t-butoxycarbonyl)等)加以保護之羥基苯乙 烯、乙烯基苯甲酸甲酯、及α-甲基苯乙烯等。 乙烯基醚類的實例係包括:甲基乙烯基醚、乙基乙烯基 醚、2-氯乙基乙烯基醚、羥基乙基乙烯基醚、丙基乙烯基醚 、丁基乙烯基醚、己基乙烯基醚、辛基乙烯基醚、甲氧基乙 -53- 200948906 基乙烯基醚及苯基乙烯基醚等》 乙烯基酮類的實例係包括:甲基乙烯基酮、乙基乙烯基 酮、丙基乙烯基酮、苯基乙烯基酮等。 烯烴類的實例係包括:乙烯、丙烯、異丁烯、丁二烯、 異戊二烯等。 順丁烯二醯亞胺類的實例係包括:順丁烯二醢亞胺、丁 基順丁烯二醯亞胺、環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、苯基順丁烯二 醯亞胺等。 (甲基)丙烯腈的實例係包括:甲基丙烯腈、丙烯腈等 © 〇 如前所述之具有酸性基之乙烯基單體的實例係包括:具 有羧基之乙烯基單體、或具有磺酸基之乙烯基單體、具有磷 酸基之乙烯基單體。 具有羧基之乙烯基單體係包括:(甲基)丙烯酸、乙烯 基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸一烷基酯、反丁烯二酸 、伊康酸、巴豆酸、桂皮酸、丙烯酸二聚物等。 此外’也可利用(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等之具有羥 © 基之單體與例如順丁烯二酸酐或鄰苯二甲酸酐、環己烷二甲 酸酐之環狀酐的加成反應物’聚一(甲基)丙烯酸ω-羧基-己內酯等。 除此之外,也可使用順丁烯二酸酐、伊康酸酐、檸康酸 酐等之含有酐之單體作爲羧基之前驅物。 此外,在此等之中’從共聚合性或成本、溶解性等的觀 點來考慮,則特佳爲(甲基)丙烯酸。 此外,具有磺酸基之乙烯基單體係包括:2-丙烯醯胺-2- -54- 200948906 甲基丙烷磺酸等。具有磷酸基之乙烯基單體係包括:磷酸一 (2-丙烯醯氧基乙基酯)、磷酸一(1-.甲基-2-丙烯醯氧基乙 基酯)等。 除此之外,具有酸性基之乙烯基單體係也可利用含有酚 性羥基之乙烯基單體或含有磺醯胺基之乙烯基單體等。 欲獲得在本發明之嵌段型高分子化合物之方法係可利用 先前習知的方法來製造。 例如,已知有活性聚合法(living polymerization method ❹ )、起始-轉移-終止聚合法(iniferter polymerization method )等。除此之外,其他方法則也有一種:在進行將具有顏料 吸著基之單體或具有非顏料吸著基之單體加以自由基聚合時 ,則將經使氫硫基甲酸、或2-乙醯基硫乙基醚、10-乙醯基硫 癸烷硫醇等之在分子內含有硫酯與硫醇基之化合物同時存在 下加以聚合所獲得之聚合物以氫氧化鈉或氨等之鹼加以處理 ,作爲在單末端具有硫醇基之聚合物,並在所獲得之在單末 端具有硫醇基之聚合物之存在下使另一嵌段之單體成分加以 自由基聚合之方法已爲眾所皆知者。在此等之中,較佳爲活 性聚合法。 嵌段型高分子化合物之重量平均分子量係並無特殊的限 制,但是較佳爲在3,000至1 00,000之範圍,更佳爲在5,0〇〇 至5 0,000之範圍。若重量平均分子量爲3,00 0以上時,則可 更有效地獲得穩定化功效,此外,若重量平均分子量爲 100,000以下時,則可更有效地吸著而發揮良好的分散性。 嵌段型高分子化合物係也可利用市售商品。具體實例係 包括:BYK Chemie 公司(BYK Chemie Corp.)製造之「 -55- 200948906In addition to this, a monomer having an ionic functional group can be utilized. Examples of the ionic vinyl monomer (anionic vinyl monomer, cationic vinyl monomer) include: wherein the anionic vinyl single system comprises: a vinyl monomer having an acidic group as described above An alkali metal salt or a salt with an organic amine (for example, a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or dimethylaminoethanol). The cationic vinyl single system includes: a halogenated alkyl group (alkyl group: C1 to 18; a halogen atom: a chlorine atom 'indidate atom or an iodine atom), which is a nitrogen-containing ethylenic monomer as described above. Halogenation of benzyl chloride, benzyl bromide, etc. -50-200948906 Alkyl sulfonate of benzyl, methanesulfonic acid, etc. (alkyl: C1 to 18) 'benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, etc. Alkyl aryl sulfonate (alkyl: C1 to 18) 'Dialkyl diaryl ammonium salt obtained by quaternization of a dialkyl sulfate (alkyl group: C1 to 4). The "monomer having a pigment absorbing functional group" as described above can be appropriately selected depending on the kind of the pigment to be dispersed, and these may be used singly or in combination of two or more. "The monomer constituting the non-pigment absorbing block", although there is no special limitation, includes: (meth) acrylates, crotonates, vinyl esters, butylene Acid diesters, fumaric acid diesters, itaconic acid diesters, (meth) acrylamides, styrenes, vinyl ethers, vinyl ketones, olefins, butene A monomer having a non-pigment absorbing group such as a diterpene imine or (meth)acrylonitrile. These single systems constituting the non-pigment absorbing block may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, in the case of a stomach condition suitable for a pigment dispersion composition requiring alkali development treatment, a monomer constituting the non-pigment sorption block as described above and a vinyl monomer having an acidic group can be used. Examples of (meth) acrylates include: methyl (meth) acrylate 'ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl) ) n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Cyclohexyl ester, tert-butylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary-octyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate , (methyl) -51- 200948906 octadecyl acrylate, ethoxylated ethyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl) 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-chloro (meth) acrylate Ethyl ester, vinyl (meth)acrylate, 2-phenylvinyl (meth)acrylate, 1-propenyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Propyl ester, 2-allyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, propargyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth)acrylate, ( Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acrylate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth) acrylate, polyethylene (meth) acrylate Alcohol monomethyl ether ester, poly(ethylene) glycol monoethyl ether acetate, (meth)acrylic acid> 5-phenoxyethoxyethyl ester, poly(meth)acrylic acid decyl phenoxy Ethylene glycol ester, dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, trifluoroethyl (meth)acrylate 'octafluoropentyl (meth)acrylate , perfluorooctyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, tribromophenyl (meth) acrylate, tribromophenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl) Examples of the ?-butyrolactone or the like © crotonic acid esters include: butyl crotonate, hexyl crotonate, and the like. Examples of the vinyl esters include vinyl acetate, vinyl chloroacetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, methoxyvinyl acetate, and vinyl benzoate. Examples of the maleic acid diesters include: dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate, and dibutyl maleate. -52- 200948906 Examples of the fumaric acid diesters include: dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate, and dibutyl fumarate. Examples of the ikonic acid diesters include: dimethyl ikonate, diethyl itaconate, and dibutyl itaconate. (Meth) acrylamides include: (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-propyl (methyl ) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-n-butyl propylene (methyl) decylamine, N-tertiary butyl (meth) acrylamide, N- Cyclohexyl(meth)acrylamide, N-(2-methoxyethyl)(meth)acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethyl(meth) decylamine, N,N- Diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-phenyl (meth) acrylamide, N-nitrophenyl acrylamide, N-ethyl-N-phenyl acrylamide, N-benzoic acid (meth) acrylamide, (meth) propylene decyl morpholine, diacetone acrylamide, N-methylol acrylamide, N-hydroxyethyl acrylamide, vinyl (meth) propylene Guanidine, N,N-diallyl (meth) acrylamide, N-allyl (meth) acrylamide, and the like. Examples of styrenes include: styrene, methyl styrene, dimethyl styrene, trimethyl styrene, ethyl styrene, isopropyl styrene, butyl styrene, hydroxystyrene, Oxystyrene, butoxystyrene, ethoxylated styrene, chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, bromostyrene, chloromethylstyrene, which are deprotected by acidic substances (for example, three A hydroxystyrene, a methyl benzoate, an α-methyl styrene or the like protected by a butyloxycarbonyl group (t-Boc: t-butoxycarbonyl) or the like. Examples of vinyl ethers include: methyl vinyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether, 2-chloroethyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, propyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, hexyl Vinyl ether, octyl vinyl ether, methoxyethyl-53-200948906-based vinyl ether, phenyl vinyl ether, etc. Examples of vinyl ketones include: methyl vinyl ketone, ethyl vinyl ketone , propyl vinyl ketone, phenyl vinyl ketone, and the like. Examples of the olefins include ethylene, propylene, isobutylene, butadiene, isoprene, and the like. Examples of the maleimide group include: maleimide, butyl succinimide, cyclohexylmethyleneimine, phenyl maleimide, and the like. Examples of the (meth)acrylonitrile include: methacrylonitrile, acrylonitrile, etc. Examples of the vinyl monomer having an acidic group as described above include: a vinyl monomer having a carboxyl group, or having a sulfonate An acid group vinyl monomer, a vinyl monomer having a phosphate group. The vinyl single system having a carboxyl group includes: (meth)acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid, monoalkyl maleate, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, Cinnamic acid, acrylic acid dimer, and the like. Further, it is also possible to use a monomer having a hydroxy group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride or phthalic anhydride or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride. The reactant "poly(meth)acrylic acid ω-carboxy-caprolactone and the like. In addition to this, a monomer containing an anhydride such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride or citraconic anhydride may be used as the carboxyl precursor. Further, among these, it is particularly preferable to be (meth)acrylic acid from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, and the like. Further, the vinyl single system having a sulfonic acid group includes 2-propenylamine-2-54-200948906 methylpropanesulfonic acid and the like. The vinyl single system having a phosphoric acid group includes: mono(2-propenyloxyethyl ester) phosphate, mono(1-methyl-2-propenyloxyethyl phosphate), and the like. In addition, a vinyl monomer having an acidic group may also be a vinyl monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group or a vinyl monomer containing a sulfonamide group. The method for obtaining the block type polymer compound of the present invention can be produced by a conventional method. For example, a living polymerization method (、), an inferer polymerization method, and the like are known. In addition to this, there is another method: when radically polymerizing a monomer having a pigment absorbing group or a monomer having a non-pigment absorbing group, the thiocarbamic acid or 2- a polymer obtained by polymerizing a compound containing a thioester and a thiol group in the presence of a compound containing a thioester and a thiol group, such as ethionyl thioethyl ether or 10-ethyl sulfonyl thiol thiol, is sodium hydroxide or ammonia. A method in which a base is treated as a polymer having a thiol group at a single terminal, and a monomer component of another block is subjected to radical polymerization in the presence of a polymer having a thiol group at a single terminal. Well known to everyone. Among these, an active polymerization method is preferred. The weight average molecular weight of the block type polymer compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 3,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably in the range of 5,0 Torr to 50,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 3,000 or more, the stabilizing effect can be more effectively obtained. Further, when the weight average molecular weight is 100,000 or less, it can be more effectively absorbed and exhibits good dispersibility. Commercially available products can also be used as the block type polymer compound. Specific examples include: -55- 200948906, manufactured by BYK Chemie Corp.
Disperbyk_2000、2001」、EFKA Additives B · V.公司(EFKA Additives B.V.)製造之「EFKA 4330、4340」等。 (接枝型高分子化合物) 關於可用作爲高分子分散劑之「接枝型高分子化合物」 並無特殊的限制,其係適合使用在日本發明專利特開昭第 54-37082號公報、日本發明專利特開昭第61-1 74939號公報 等中所揭述之將聚伸烷基亞胺與聚酯化合物進行反應所獲得 之化合物、在日本發明專利特開平第9-169821號公報中所揭 述之將聚烯丙基胺之側鏈的胺基以聚酯加以改質所獲得之化 合物、在日本發明專利特開昭第60- 1 663 1 8號公報中所揭述 之聚酯多元醇加成聚胺基甲酸酯等;除此之外,也適合使用 在日本發明專利特開平第9-171 25 3號公報、或巨單體之化學 與技術(The Chemistry and Technology of Macromonomers) (IPC出版部(IPC Publication)、1989年)等中所揭述之以 聚合性寡聚物(在下文中,則稱爲巨單體(macromonomer) )作爲共聚合成分之接枝型髙分子化合物。 接枝型高分子化合物之分枝部(branch part)係較佳爲 聚苯乙烯、聚環氧乙烷、聚環氧丙烷、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯 、聚己內酯等。其中,更佳爲在分枝部具有以下列通式(5) 所代表的結構單元之接枝型高分子化合物。 200948906 R74 ^-CH2—。今 通式(5)Disperbyk_2000, 2001", EFKA Additives B. V. (EFKA Additives B.V.) made "EFKA 4330, 4340" and so on. (Graft type polymer compound) The "graft type polymer compound" which can be used as a polymer dispersant is not particularly limited, and it is suitable for use in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 54-37082, Japanese Invention A compound obtained by reacting a polyalkyleneimine with a polyester compound as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 9-169821. A compound obtained by modifying an amine group of a side chain of a polyallylamine with a polyester, and a polyester polyol as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO 60-16613. In addition, it is also suitable to use the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 9-171 25 3 or the Chemistry and Technology of Macromonomers ( A graft type ruthenium molecular compound having a polymerizable oligomer (hereinafter referred to as a macromonomer) as a copolymerization component disclosed in IPC Publications (IPC Publication), 1989, and the like. The branch part of the graft type polymer compound is preferably polystyrene, polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, poly(meth)acrylate, polycaprolactone or the like. Among them, a graft type polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (5) in the branch portion is more preferable. 200948906 R74 ^-CH2—. Present formula (5)
Q 在通式(5)中,R74係代表氫原子或碳原子數爲1至8 之烷基;Q係代表氰基、碳原子數爲6至30之芳基、或-COOR75(在此,R75係代表氫原子、碳原子數爲1至22之烷 ® 基、或碳原子數爲6至30之芳基)。 在通式(5 )中,以R74所代表之烷基係也可具有取代基 ,且較佳爲碳原子數爲1至6之烷基,特別是較佳爲甲基。 可導入於烷基之取代基係包括:鹵素原子、羧基、烷氧基羰 基、烷氧基等。 此等之烷基之具體的實例係包括:甲基、乙基、己基、 辛基、三氟甲基、羧基甲基、甲氧基羰基甲基等。 R74係特佳爲氫原子、甲基。 在通式(5)中,以Q所代表之芳基係也可具有取代基, 且較佳爲碳原子數爲6至20之芳基,特別是較佳爲碳原子數 爲6至12之芳基。可導入於該芳基之取代基係包括:鹵素原 子、烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基等。 此等芳基之具體的實例係包括:苯基、萘基、甲苯基、 茬基、丙基苯基、丁基苯基、辛基苯基、十二基苯基、甲氧 基苯基、乙氧基苯基、丁氧基苯基、癸氧基苯基、氯苯基、 二氯苯基、溴苯基、甲氧基羰基苯基、乙氧基羰基苯基、丁 -57- 200948906 氧基羰基苯基等。 在此等芳基之中,較佳爲未經取代之芳基、或經鹵素原 子、烷基或烷氧基取代之芳基,特別是較佳爲未經取代之芳 基、或經烷基取代之芳基。 若通式(5 )之Q爲—COOR75時,則以R75所代表之烷 基係也可具有取代基,且較佳爲碳原子數爲1至12之烷基, 特別是較佳爲碳原子數爲1至8之烷基。可導入於該烷基之 取代基係包括:鹵素原子、烯基、芳基、羥基、烷氧基、烷 氧基羰基、胺基、醯基胺基、胺甲醯基等。 © 此等之烷基之具體的實例係包括:甲基、乙基、丙基、 丁基、庚基、己基、辛基、癸基、十二基、十三基、十四基 、十六基、十八基、2-氯乙基、2-溴乙基、2-甲氧基羰基乙基 、2-甲氧基乙基、2-溴丙基、2-丁烯基、2-戊烯基、3-甲基-2-戊烯基、2-己烯基、4_甲基-2_己烯基、苯甲基、苯乙基、3-苯基丙基、萘甲基、2-萘基乙基、氯苯甲基、溴苯甲基 '甲 基苯甲基、乙基苯甲基、甲氧基苯甲基、二甲基苯甲基、二 甲氧基苯甲基、環己基、2-環己基乙基、2-環戊基乙基、雙環 〇 〔3.2.1〕辛-2·基、1-金剛烷基、二甲基胺基丙基、乙醯基胺 基乙基、N,N-二丁基胺基胺甲醯基甲基等。 在此等烷基之中,較佳爲未經取代之烷基、或經鹵素原 子、芳基、或羥基取代之烷基’特別是較佳爲未經取代之烷 基。 若通式(5)之Q爲-COOR75時,則以R75所代表之芳 基係也可具有取代基,且較佳爲碳原子數爲6至20之芳基’ 特別是較佳爲碳原子數爲6至12之芳基。 -58- 200948906 可導入於該芳基之取代基係包括:鹵素原子、烷基、烯 基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、醯基胺基等。 此等芳基之具體的實例係包括:苯基、萘基、甲苯基、 茬基、丙基苯基、丁基苯基、辛基苯基、十二基苯基、甲氧 基苯基、乙氧基苯基、丁氧基苯基、癸氧基苯基、氯苯基、 二氯苯基、溴苯基、甲氧基羰基苯基、乙氧基羰基苯基、丁 氧基羰基苯基、乙醯胺基苯基、丙醯胺基苯基、十二醯基醯 胺基苯基等。 © 在此等芳基之中,較佳爲未經取代之芳基、或經鹵素原 子、烷基或烷氧基取代之芳基,特別是較佳爲經烷基取代之 芳基。 在此等R75之中,較佳爲氫原子、碳原子數爲1至22之 烷基,特別是較佳爲氫原子、碳原子數爲1至12之烷基。 在分枝部具有此等以通式(5)所代表的結構單元之接枝 型高分子化合物之分枝部之具體的實例係包括:聚(甲基) 丙烯酸甲酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸-正·丁酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸 ® -異-丁酯、聚((甲基)丙烯酸甲酯-共-(甲基)丙烯酸苯甲 酯)、聚((甲基)丙烯酸甲酯-共-苯乙烯)、聚((甲基) 丙烯酸甲酯-共-(甲基)丙烯酸)、聚((甲基)丙烯酸甲酯 -共-丙烯腈)等。 在分枝部具有以通式(5)所代表的結構單元之接枝型高 分子化合物之合成係可使用習知的任一方法。 具體言之,可列舉一種具有以通式(5)所代表的結構單 元之巨單體與可與該巨單體共聚合之烯鍵性不飽和單體之共 聚合。 -59- 200948906 在具有以通式(5)所代表的結構單元之巨單體之中,較 佳爲以下列通式(6)所代表者。 R76 通式(6) CH2=zzcQ In the formula (5), R74 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; Q represents a cyano group, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or -COOR75 (here, R75 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In the formula (5), the alkyl group represented by R74 may have a substituent, and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group. The substituent which may be introduced into the alkyl group includes a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkoxy group and the like. Specific examples of such alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, hexyl, octyl, trifluoromethyl, carboxymethyl, methoxycarbonylmethyl and the like. R74 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In the formula (5), the aryl group represented by Q may have a substituent, and is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Aryl. The substituent which may be introduced into the aryl group includes a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and the like. Specific examples of such aryl groups include: phenyl, naphthyl, tolyl, fluorenyl, propylphenyl, butylphenyl, octylphenyl, dodecylphenyl, methoxyphenyl, Ethoxyphenyl, butoxyphenyl, nonyloxyphenyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, bromophenyl, methoxycarbonylphenyl, ethoxycarbonylphenyl, butyl-57-200948906 Oxycarbonyl phenyl and the like. Among these aryl groups, preferred are unsubstituted aryl groups, or aryl groups substituted with a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, particularly preferably an unsubstituted aryl group, or an alkyl group. Substituted aryl. When Q of the formula (5) is -COOR75, the alkyl group represented by R75 may have a substituent, and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a carbon atom. The number is from 1 to 8 alkyl groups. The substituent which may be introduced into the alkyl group includes a halogen atom, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an amine group, a mercaptoamine group, an amine mercapto group or the like. Specific examples of such alkyl groups include: methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, heptyl, hexyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl, thirteen, tetradecyl, hexa , octadecyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2-bromoethyl, 2-methoxycarbonylethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-bromopropyl, 2-butenyl, 2-pentyl Alkenyl, 3-methyl-2-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, 4-methyl-2-hexenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethyl, chlorobenzyl, bromobenzyl <methylbenzyl, ethylbenzyl, methoxybenzyl, dimethylbenzyl, dimethoxybenzyl , cyclohexyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 2-cyclopentylethyl, bicycloguanidine [3.2.1]oct-2-yl, 1-adamantyl, dimethylaminopropyl, acetylamine Ethyl ethyl, N, N-dibutylaminoamine, mercaptomethyl and the like. Among these alkyl groups, an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, an aryl group or a hydroxyl group is particularly preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group. When Q of the formula (5) is -COOR75, the aryl group represented by R75 may have a substituent, and preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a carbon atom. The number is 6 to 12 aryl groups. -58- 200948906 The substituent which may be introduced into the aryl group includes a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a mercaptoamine group and the like. Specific examples of such aryl groups include: phenyl, naphthyl, tolyl, fluorenyl, propylphenyl, butylphenyl, octylphenyl, dodecylphenyl, methoxyphenyl, Ethoxyphenyl, butoxyphenyl, nonyloxyphenyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, bromophenyl, methoxycarbonylphenyl, ethoxycarbonylphenyl, butoxycarbonylbenzene Base, acetaminophen phenyl, acrylamidophenyl, decyl decyl phenyl, and the like. Among these aryl groups, an unsubstituted aryl group or an aryl group substituted by a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferable, and an alkyl group-substituted aryl group is particularly preferable. Among these R75, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms are preferable. Specific examples of the branching portion of the graft type polymer compound having the structural unit represented by the formula (5) in the branch portion include: poly(methyl) methacrylate, poly(methyl) Acrylic-n-butyl ester, poly(meth)acrylic acid®-iso-butyl ester, poly(methyl (meth) acrylate-co-(methyl) acrylate), poly((meth) acrylate) Ester-co-styrene), poly(methyl (meth) acrylate-co-(meth)acrylic acid), poly(methyl (meth) acrylate-co-acrylonitrile), and the like. Any of conventionally known methods for synthesizing a graft type high molecular compound having a structural unit represented by the formula (5) in the branch portion can be used. Specifically, a copolymerization of a macromonomer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (5) with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer copolymerizable with the macromonomer can be exemplified. -59- 200948906 Among the macromonomers having a structural unit represented by the general formula (5), it is preferably represented by the following general formula (6). R76 formula (6) CH2=zzc
在通式(6)中’ R76係代表氫原子、或碳原子數爲1至 8之烷基’ W係代表單鍵、或如下所示之連結基、或以如下所 示二價基之任意組合所構成之連結基,A係代表具有如前所 述以通式(5)所代表的結構單元之基。 _CH=CH~ -Qf Z2In the general formula (6), 'R76 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms', and represents a single bond, or a linking group as shown below, or an arbitrary divalent group as shown below. The linking group constituted by the combination, and the A system represents a group having a structural unit represented by the formula (5) as described above. _CH=CH~ -Qf Z2
f O , S~~ , , N , coo^* , —S〇2^~~·f O , S~~ , , N , coo^* , —S〇2^~~·
—NHCOO-,一nhcONH——NHCOO-, a nhcONH—
一 CON 在如上所述連結基之中’ Zi、及Z2係各自獨立地代表氫 原子、鹵素原子、碳原子數爲1至6之烷基、氰基、或羥基 ’ Z3係代表氫原子、碳原子數爲1至18之烷基、或碳原子數 爲6至20之芳基。 -60- 200948906 此等以通式(6)所代表之巨單體之具體的實例係包括如 下所示者。In the above-mentioned linking group, 'Zi, and Z2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyano group, or a hydroxyl group. Z3 represents a hydrogen atom, carbon. An alkyl group having 1 to 18 atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. -60- 200948906 Specific examples of such macromonomers represented by the general formula (6) include those as shown below.
在如上所述巨單體之具體的結構中之A係與在如前所示 之通式(6)中之A同義。 可獲自市售商品之此等巨單體係包括:單末端甲基丙烯 醯基化聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯寡聚物(Mn= 6,000、商品名:AA-6 、東亞合成化學工業股份有限公司(Toagosei Co.,Ltd.)製 造);及單末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚丙烯酸正-丁酯寡聚物(Μη =6,000、商品名:ΑΒ-6、東亞合成化學工業股份有限公司製 造);單末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚苯乙烯寡聚物(Μη= 6,000、 商品名:AS-6、東亞合成化學工業股份有限公司製造)。 如上所述巨單體之分子量係較佳爲以聚苯乙烯換算之數 量平均分子量(Μη)爲1,000至20,000,更佳爲2,000至15,000 。若該數量平均分子量爲在該範圍內時,則可更有效地獲得 分散劑應具有之立體排斥效應(steric repulsion effect)。 與如上所述之巨單體可共聚合之烯鍵性不飽和單體係較 -61- 200948906 · 佳爲使用如前所述之「構成顏料吸著嵌段之單體」,以提高 顏料之分散性、分散穩定性。此外,也可將如前所述之「構 成非顏料吸著嵌段之單體」作爲其他共聚合成分而加以共聚 合。 如上所述接枝型高分子化合物之重量平均分子量係並無 特殊的限制,較佳爲在3,000至100,000之範圍,更佳爲在 5,000至5 0,00 0之範圍。若重量平均分子量爲3,000以上時, 則可更有效地獲得穩定化功效,此外,若重量平均分子量爲 100,000以下時,則可更有效地吸著而發揮良好的分散性。 © 如前所述之接枝型高分子化合物之市售商品係包括:The A system in the specific structure of the macromonomer as described above is synonymous with A in the general formula (6) as shown before. These macro-systems available from commercial products include: single-end methacryl oxime-based polymethyl methacrylate oligomers (Mn = 6,000, trade name: AA-6, East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Limited) (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.); and a single-end methacryl oxime-based poly-n-butyl acrylate oligomer (Μη = 6,000, trade name: ΑΒ-6, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd. A single-end methacryl oxime-based polystyrene oligomer (Μη = 6,000, trade name: AS-6, manufactured by Toagosei Chemical Co., Ltd.). The molecular weight of the macromonomer as described above is preferably from 1,000 to 20,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 15,000, in terms of polystyrene. If the number average molecular weight is within this range, the steric repulsion effect which the dispersant should have can be more effectively obtained. The ethylenically unsaturated mono-system which can be copolymerized with the macromonomer as described above is more than -61 to 200948906. Preferably, the "monomer constituting the pigment absorbing block" as described above is used to enhance the pigment. Dispersibility, dispersion stability. Further, the "monomer constituting the non-pigment absorbing block" as described above may be copolymerized as another copolymerization component. The weight average molecular weight of the graft type polymer compound as described above is not particularly limited, and is preferably in the range of 3,000 to 100,000, more preferably in the range of 5,000 to 50,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 3,000 or more, the stabilizing effect can be more effectively obtained, and when the weight average molecular weight is 100,000 or less, it can be more effectively absorbed and exhibits good dispersibility. © The commercially available product of the graft type polymer compound as described above includes:
The Lubrizol 股份有限公司(The Lubrizol Corporation)製造 之「SOLSPERSE 24000、28000、32000、38500、39000、55000 」;BYKChemie 公司製造之「Disperbyk-161、171、174」等 〇 (末端改質型髙分子化合物) 用作爲高分子分散劑之「末端改質型高分子化合物」係 包括:例如,在日本發明專利特開平第9-77994號公報、或 Q 日本發明專利特開第2002-273 191號公報等中所揭述之在高 分子之末端具有官能基之高分子化合物。 在高分子之末端具有官能基之高分子化合物之合成方法 係並無特殊的限制,但是可列舉例如下列之方法、或組合此 等之方法等: 1. 使用含有官能基之聚合引發劑以聚合(例如,自由基聚 合、陰離子聚合、陽離子聚合等)合成之方法; 2. 使用含有官能基之鏈轉移劑以自由基聚合合成之方法。 -62- 200948906 在此,用於導入之官能基係包括:選自有機色素結構、 雜環結構、酸性基、具有鹼性氮原子之基、尿素基、胺基甲 酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子之碳數爲4以上之烴基、烷氧基 矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基、羥基、及離子性官能基之部 位等。此外,可衍生自此等之吸著部位的官能基也可使用。 可在如前所述1.之合成方法使用之可將官能基導入於高 分子末端之聚合引發劑(含有官能基之聚合引發劑)係包括 :例如,2,2’-偶氮雙(2-氰丙醇)、2,2’·偶氮雙(2-氰戊醇 〇 ) 、4,4’-偶氮雙(4-氰戊酸)、4,4’-偶氮雙(4-氰戊酸氯化 物)、2,2’-偶氮雙〔2- ( 5-甲基-2-咪唑啉-2_基)丙烷〕、2,2’-偶氮雙〔2-( 2-咪唑啉-2-基)丙烷〕、2,2’-偶氮雙〔2·( 3,4,5,6-四氫嘧啶-2-基)丙烷〕、2,2’-偶氮雙{2-〔 1- ( 2-羥基乙基) -2-咪唑啉-2-基〕丙烷}、2,2’-偶氮雙〔2-甲基-N- ( 2-羥基乙 基)-丙醯胺〕等、及此等之衍生物等。 可在如前所述2.之合成方法使用之可將官能基導入於高 分子末端之鏈轉移劑(含有官能基之鏈轉移劑)係包括:例 ® 如,氫硫基化合物(例如,硫乙醇酸、硫代蘋果酸、硫柳酸 、2-氫硫基丙酸、3-氫硫基丙酸、3-氫硫基丁酸、N- ( 2-氫硫 基丙醯基)甘胺酸、2-氫硫基菸鹼酸、3-〔 N- ( 2-氫硫基乙基 )胺甲醯基〕丙酸、3-〔N-( 2-氫硫基乙基)胺基〕丙酸、 N-(3-氫硫基丙醯基)丙胺酸、2-氫硫基乙烷磺酸、3-氫硫基 丙烷磺酸、4-氫硫基丁烷磺酸、2-氫硫基乙醇、3-氫硫基-1,2-丙二醇、1-氫硫基-2-丙醇、3-氫硫基-2-丁醇、氫硫基苯酚、 2-氫硫基乙基胺、2-氫硫基咪唑、2-氫硫基-3-吡啶醇、苯硫 醇、甲苯硫醇、氫硫基苯乙酮、萘硫醇、萘甲硫醇等);此 -63- 200948906 等氫硫基化合物之氧化物之二硫化物化合物、及鹵素化合物 (例如,2-碘乙烷磺酸、3-碘丙烷磺酸等)。 可使用於聚合在高分子之末端具有官能基之高分子化合 物的單體,例如,自由基聚合性單體係可使用如前所述之構 成非顏料吸著嵌段之單體。 末端改質型高分子化合物之分子量係較佳爲重量平均分 子量爲1,000至50,000。若該重量平均分子量爲1,000以上時 ,則可更有效地獲得作爲分散劑應具有之立體排斥效應,若 爲50,000以下時,則可更有效地抑制立體效應,以更進一步 © 地縮短對於顏料之吸著時間。 末端改質型高分子化合物之市售商品係包括:The Lubrizol 股份有限公司製造之 SOLSP ERSE 3000、17000、27 000 等。 在本發明中,分散劑係較佳爲接枝型高分子化合物、末 端改質型髙分子化合物》其中,特佳爲含有衍生自具有有機 色素結構或雜環結構之單體的共聚合單元之接枝型高分子化 合物;具有有機色素結構、雜環結構、酸性基、具有鹼性氮 〇 原子之基、尿素基、或胺基甲酸酯基作爲末端基之末端改質 型高分子化合物。 此外,在本發明中,視需要可使用分散樹脂。藉由使用 分散樹脂,則可提高處理顏料之分散穩定性、保存性。 可使用於本發明之分散樹脂的具體實例係較佳爲具有羧 基、磺酸基、磷酸基、胺基等之樹脂。 在側鏈具有羧酸之高分子係例如,在日本發明專利特開 昭第59-44615號公報、日本發明專利特公昭第54-34327號公 -64 - 200948906 報、日本發明專利特公昭第58-12577號公報、日本發明專利 特公昭第54-25957號公報、日本發明專利特開昭第59-5 3 836 號公報、日本發明專利特開昭第59-71048號公報中所揭述之 甲基丙烯酸共聚合物、丙烯酸共聚合物、伊康酸共聚合物、 巴豆酸共聚合物、順丁烯二酸共聚合物、部分酯化順丁烯二 酸共聚合物等,此外,也包括同樣在側鏈具有羧酸之酸性纖 維素衍生物。 在側鏈具有羧酸之高分子係包括:例如,將(甲基)丙 © 烯酸、順丁烯二酸(酐)、巴豆酸、伊康酸、反丁烯二酸等 之具有羧基之單體;苯乙烯、α -甲基苯乙烯、(甲基)丙烯 酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 異丁酯、醋酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基 )丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、烯丙基縮水甘油基醚、乙基丙烯酸縮 水甘油酯、巴豆酸縮水甘油基醚酯、(甲基)丙烯醯氯、( 甲基)丙烯酸苯甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯 ¥ 酸羥基乙酯、Ν-羥甲基丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基丙烯醯胺、Ν-甲基丙烯醯基嗎啉、(甲基)丙烯酸Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基乙酯、 Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基乙基丙烯醯胺、順丁烯二醯亞胺、Ν-苯基順 丁烯二醯亞胺等之一種以上共聚合成分加以共聚合所獲得之 高分子。其中,尤其是較佳爲作爲結構單體係至少含有(甲 基)丙烯酸或(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之(甲基)丙烯酸系樹 脂,含有(甲基)丙烯酸及苯乙烯之(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂 。此等之丙烯酸共聚合成分係並不受限於如上所述者。 此外,此等分散樹脂係也可在側鏈加成烯鍵性雙鍵。經 -65- 200948906 在側鏈賦予雙鍵,藉此則可提高光硬化性,更進一步地提高 解析性、密著性。 導入烯鍵性雙鍵之合成方法係包括:例如,在日本發明 專利特公昭第50-34443號公報、日本發明專利特公昭第 50-34444號公報等中所揭述之方法等。具體言之,其係將同 時具有縮水甘油基、環氧環己基及(甲基)丙烯醯基之化合 物或丙烯醯氯等與羧基或羥基進行反應之方法。例如,使用 (甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、烯丙基縮水甘油基醚、α -乙基 丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、巴豆醯基縮水甘油基醚、(異)巴豆酸 縮水甘油基醚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(3,4-環氧環己基)甲酯、 (甲基)丙綠醯氯((meth)acrylic acid chloride)、(甲基) 丙嫌醯基氯((meth)acryloyl chloride)等之化合物,而將其 與具有羧基或羥基之樹脂進行反應,藉此則可獲得在側鏈具 有聚合基之樹脂。 特別是較佳爲經將(甲基)丙烯酸(3,4-環氧環己基)甲 酯進行反應所獲得之樹脂。此等之具體的化合物係包括:例 如DIANAL NR系列(三菱嫘縈股份有限公司(Mitsubishi Rayon Co.,Ltd·)製造);Photomer 6173 (含有 COOH 之聚 胺基甲酸醋丙燦酸系寡聚物、Diamond Shamrock Co. Ltd.製造 );BISCOAT R-264、KS RESIST ( KS resist) 106 (皆爲大 阪有機化學工業股份有限公司(Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Ltd.)製造);CYCLOMER P 系列、PLACCELCF200 系列(皆爲DAICEL化學工業股份有限公司(Daicel Chemical Industries,Ltd.)製造);Ebecryl 3800 ( DAICEL-UCB 股份 有限公司(DAICEL-UCB Company Ltd.)製造)等。 200948906 此外,也可使用藉由至少以下列通式(7)所代表之單體 與至少具有酸性基之單體(可列舉如上所述之共聚合成分。 )之共聚合反應所獲得之高分子。 通式(7) H2c = CRC ( = Ο ) OCR4R5C ( = r3 ) = cr2r! 在如上所示之通式(7)中,R係代表氫原子或甲基,R1 至R5係各自獨立地代表選自氫原子、鹵素原子、氰基、烷基 、及芳基之基。 該鹵素原子的具體實例係包括:Cl、Br、I等。 該烷基係可爲直鏈、分枝、或環狀,例如,可列舉甲基 、正-丙基、異-丙基、三級-丁基等,且較佳爲碳數爲1至7 者。 該芳基係包括:例如,苯基、呋喃基、萘基等。 在如上所述之中,分散樹脂係可選擇各種之單體,由於 可控制溶解度與酸價,較佳爲(甲基)丙烯酸與(甲基)丙 烯酸酯之共聚合物。此等分散樹脂藉由凝膠透層析法(GPC )所測得重量平均分子量之較佳的範圍爲1,〇〇〇至80,000, 更佳爲3,000至50,000,且最佳爲3,000至20,000。藉由設定 重量平均分子量爲80,000以下,則可獲得良好的分散性與液 之流動性,且可獲得良好的顯影性。 此等分散樹脂,不僅是可使用於調製顏料分散組成物時 之顏料的分散,也可在調製如後所述之著色聚合性組成物時 添加使用。 分散劑之添加量係相對於顏料較佳爲添加0.5至100質 量%,更佳爲3至1 00質量%,特佳爲5至80質量%。 -67- 200948906 · 若分散劑之添加量爲在該範圍內時,則可獲得足夠的顏 料分散功效,但是分散劑之最適添加量係應根據所使用的顏 料、溶劑等之組合等來適當地加以調整。 此外,更具體言之,若爲使用高分子分散劑之情況時, 則其之使用量係相對於顔料較佳爲在5質量%至1 〇〇質量%之 範圍,更佳爲在10質量%至8 0質量%之範圍。 此外,在本發明之顏料分散組成物中,除了如上所述分 散劑以外,也可爲提髙分散性之目的而使用界面活性劑等。 藉由使用本發明之顏料分散組成物來調製著色聚合性組 © 成物,並將其適用於彩色濾光片之製造,則可獲得對比高、 且具有優越的表面平滑性之彩色濾光片。 〔顏料分散組成物之調製〕 本發明之顏料分散組成物係可藉由使用各種混合機、分 散機加以混合分散之混合分散步驟來調製。 此外,混合分散步驟係較佳爲由包括捏合分散與後續所 進行的微分散處理所構成者,但是也可省略捏合分散。 本發明之顏料分散組成物之製法係較佳爲:首先將(A ❹ )二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料加以微細化,俟其之平均一次粒徑 達到10nm至30nm之範圍時,則實施添加在(B)鄰苯二甲 醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯及(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷 基化喹吖酮之特定添加量中之至少一部分,較佳爲全量之步 驟,然後實施將(A)二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料、(B)鄰苯二 甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯及(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基 烷基化唾吖酮與有機溶劑一起加以分散之步驟。雖然在(A) 二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料之平均一次粒徑達到10 nm至30 nm -68- 200948906 範圍之前,也可添加(B)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯 并吡咯及(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化喹吖酮之一部分,但 是更佳爲在(A)二酮吡咯并妣咯系顏料之平均一次粒徑達到 10 nm至30nm之範圍而完與微細化後再添加特定添加量之全 量的方式。 此外,雖然較佳爲在開始分散時就添加(B)鄰苯二甲醯 亞胺基烷基化二酮吡咯并吡咯及(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基 化喹吖酮之特定添加量之全量,但是也可在開始分散時並未 © 添加特定添加量之一部分。在此情形下,例如可在分散途中 添加殘餘量。"SOLSPERSE 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500, 39000, 55000" manufactured by The Lubrizol Corporation; "Disperbyk-161, 171, 174", etc., manufactured by BYK Chemie, Inc. (end-modified 髙 molecular compound) The term "terminal-modified polymer compound" as a polymer dispersing agent includes, for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 9-77994, or Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-273191. A polymer compound having a functional group at the end of a polymer as disclosed in the above. The method for synthesizing the polymer compound having a functional group at the terminal of the polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following methods, or a combination of the methods, etc.: 1. Polymerization using a polymerization initiator containing a functional group (for example, radical polymerization, anionic polymerization, cationic polymerization, etc.) synthesis; 2. A method of synthesizing by radical polymerization using a chain transfer agent containing a functional group. -62- 200948906 Here, the functional group for introduction includes: an organic dye structure selected from a heterocyclic structure, an acidic group, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, a urethane group, and a coordination group. The carbon atom of the oxygen atom is a hydrocarbon group of 4 or more, an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, a hydroxyl group, and a site of an ionic functional group. Further, a functional group which can be derived from such a sorption site can also be used. A polymerization initiator (polymerization initiator containing a functional group) which can introduce a functional group to a polymer terminal, which is used in the synthesis method as described above, includes, for example, 2,2'-azobis (2) -Cyanpropanol), 2,2'-azobis(2-cyanopentanol), 4,4'-azobis(4-cyanovaleric acid), 4,4'-azobis(4- Cyanovalerate chloride), 2,2'-azobis[2-(5-methyl-2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane], 2,2'-azobis[2-( 2- Imidazolin-2-yl)propane], 2,2'-azobis[2·(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-yl)propane], 2,2'-azobis{ 2-[1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-imidazolin-2-yl]propane}, 2,2'-azobis[2-methyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-propane Indoleamine, etc., and derivatives thereof. A chain transfer agent (a chain transfer agent containing a functional group) which can introduce a functional group to a polymer terminal, which is used in the synthesis method as described above, includes: Example®, for example, a thiol compound (for example, sulfur) Glycolic acid, thiomalic acid, thiosusic acid, 2-hydrothiopropionic acid, 3-hydrothiopropionic acid, 3-hydrothiobutyric acid, N-(2-hydrothiopropyl) glycine Acid, 2-hydrothionicotinic acid, 3-[N-(2-hydrothioethyl)aminemethanyl]propionic acid, 3-[N-(2-hydrothioethyl)amino] Propionic acid, N-(3-hydrothiopropyl) alanine, 2-hydrothioethane sulfonic acid, 3-hydrothiopropane sulfonic acid, 4-hydrothiobutane sulfonic acid, 2-hydrogen Thioethanol, 3-hydrothio-1,2-propanediol, 1-hydrothio-2-propanol, 3-hydrothio-2-butanol, hydrothiophenol, 2-hydrothioethyl Amine, 2-hydrothioimidazole, 2-hydrothio-3-pyridinol, benzenethiol, toluenethiol, thiothioacetophenone, naphthylthiol, naphthylmethyl mercaptan, etc.; this -63- 200948906 A disulfide compound of an oxide of a hydrosulfide compound, and a halogen compound (for example, 2-iodoethanesulfonic acid, 3-iodopropanesulfonic acid, etc.). A monomer which can be used for polymerizing a polymer compound having a functional group at the terminal of the polymer, for example, a monomer having a non-pigment absorbing block as described above can be used as the radical polymerizable single system. The molecular weight of the terminal modified polymer compound is preferably a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 50,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 1,000 or more, the steric repulsion effect which should be obtained as a dispersing agent can be more effectively obtained, and when it is 50,000 or less, the steric effect can be more effectively suppressed, and further shortened for The sorption time of the pigment. Commercially available products of terminal modified polymer compounds include: SOLSP ERSE 3000, 17000, 27 000, etc. manufactured by The Lubrizol Co., Ltd. In the present invention, the dispersing agent is preferably a graft type polymer compound or a terminal modified type fluorene molecular compound, and particularly preferably a copolymerized unit derived from a monomer having an organic dye structure or a heterocyclic structure. A graft-type polymer compound; a terminal modified polymer compound having an organic dye structure, a heterocyclic structure, an acidic group, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, or a urethane group as a terminal group. Further, in the present invention, a dispersion resin may be used as needed. By using a dispersion resin, the dispersion stability and preservability of the treated pigment can be improved. A specific example of the dispersion resin which can be used in the present invention is preferably a resin having a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, an amine group or the like. A polymer having a carboxylic acid in a side chain is disclosed, for example, in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 59-44615, Japanese Patent No. Sho 54-34327-64-200948906, and Japanese Invention Patent No. Japanese Patent Publication No. -12577, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. 54-25957, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 59-5-3 836, and Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 59-71048 Acrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, etc., in addition, Also in the side chain is an acidic cellulose derivative of a carboxylic acid. The polymer having a carboxylic acid in a side chain includes, for example, a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid, maleic acid (anhydride), crotonic acid, itaconic acid, or fumaric acid. Monomer; styrene, α-methylstyrene, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) Butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, (meth) acrylamide, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl ethacrylate Ester, glycidyl ether crotonate, (meth) propylene chlorochloride, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) propylene hydroxyethyl ester, hydrazine - hydroxymethyl Acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethyl methacrylate, hydrazine-methacryl hydrazinomorph, hydrazine (meth) acrylate, hydrazine-dimethylaminoethyl ester, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethyl Copolymerization of one or more kinds of aminoethyl acrylamide, maleimide, fluorene-phenyl maleimide Of the obtained polymer to be copolymerized. Among them, it is particularly preferable that the (meth)acrylic resin containing at least (meth)acrylic acid or alkyl (meth)acrylate as a structural single system contains (meth)acrylic acid and styrene (methyl) ) Acrylic resin. These acrylic acid copolymerization components are not limited to those described above. Further, these dispersed resins may also have an ethylenic double bond added to the side chain. By -65-200948906, a double bond is imparted to the side chain, whereby the photocurability is improved, and the resolution and adhesion are further improved. The method of synthesizing the ethylenic double bond is as follows, for example, the method disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO-50-34443, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. 50-34444, and the like. Specifically, it is a method of reacting a compound having a glycidyl group, an epoxycyclohexyl group, and a (meth)acrylonitrile group with a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group. For example, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl α-ethyl acrylate, crotonyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl ether (iso)crotonate, (A) (meth)acrylic acid (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)methyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid chloride, (meth) propyl acryloyl chloride, etc. The compound is reacted with a resin having a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group, whereby a resin having a polymer group in a side chain can be obtained. In particular, a resin obtained by reacting (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate is preferred. Specific compounds of this type include, for example, DIANAL NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.); Photomer 6173 (polyaminoglycolic acid-based oligomers containing COOH) , manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co. Ltd.; BISCOAT R-264, KS RESIST (KS resist) 106 (all manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Ltd.); CYCLOMER P series, PLACCELCF200 series ( Both are manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.; Ebecryl 3800 (manufactured by DAICEL-UCB Company Ltd.) and the like. 200948906 Further, a polymer obtained by copolymerization of a monomer represented by the following general formula (7) and a monomer having at least an acidic group (a copolymerizable component as described above may be mentioned) may also be used. . H2c = CRC ( = Ο ) OCR4R5C ( = r3 ) = cr2r! In the above formula (7), R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R1 to R5 are independently represented by each other. From the hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, and an aryl group. Specific examples of the halogen atom include: Cl, Br, I, and the like. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and examples thereof include a methyl group, a n-propyl group, an iso-propyl group, a tertiary-butyl group, and the like, and preferably have a carbon number of 1 to 7. By. The aryl group includes, for example, a phenyl group, a furyl group, a naphthyl group and the like. In the above description, the dispersion resin may be selected from various monomers, and since the solubility and the acid value are controlled, a copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid and (meth) acrylate is preferred. The weight average molecular weight of these dispersion resins measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) preferably ranges from 1, 〇〇〇 to 80,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 50,000, and most preferably from 3,000 to 20,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 80,000 or less, good dispersibility and liquid fluidity can be obtained, and good developability can be obtained. These dispersion resins are not only used for dispersing the pigment when the pigment dispersion composition is prepared, but also for use in preparing a colored polymerizable composition as described later. The amount of the dispersant added is preferably from 0.5 to 100% by mass, more preferably from 3 to 100% by mass, particularly preferably from 5 to 80% by mass, based on the pigment. -67- 200948906 - If the amount of the dispersant added is within this range, sufficient pigment dispersing efficiency can be obtained, but the optimum amount of the dispersing agent should be appropriately selected depending on the combination of the pigment, solvent, etc. used. Adjust it. Further, more specifically, in the case of using a polymer dispersant, the amount thereof is preferably in the range of 5 mass% to 1 mass%, more preferably 10 mass%, based on the pigment. Up to 80% by mass. Further, in the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, in addition to the dispersant as described above, a surfactant or the like may be used for the purpose of improving the dispersibility. By using the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention to prepare a colored polymerizable group, and applying it to the production of a color filter, a color filter having high contrast and excellent surface smoothness can be obtained. . [Preparation of Pigment Dispersion Composition] The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention can be prepared by a mixing and dispersing step of mixing and dispersing using various mixers and dispersers. Further, the mixing and dispersing step is preferably composed of a microdispersion treatment including kneading dispersion and subsequent, but kneading dispersion may be omitted. The method for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is preferably: first, when the (A ❹ ) diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is refined, and the average primary particle diameter thereof is in the range of 10 nm to 30 nm, the addition is carried out. (B) at least a part of the specific addition amount of the phthalic acid imidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole and (C) the phthalic acid imidoalkylation quinophthalone, preferably the total amount a step of then carrying out (A) a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, (B) a phthalimidoalkylamine diketopyrrolopyrrole and (C) a phthalimidoalkylene group The step of dispersing the salivone with an organic solvent. Although (B) phthalic acid imidyl alkylated diketopyrrole may be added before the average primary particle size of the (A) diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment reaches 10 nm to 30 nm -68 to 200948906 And a part of pyrrole and (C) phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinophthalone, but more preferably the average primary particle diameter of the (A) diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment reaches 10 nm to 30 nm. After the range is completed and the micro-finished, the total amount of the specific addition amount is added. Further, it is preferred to add (B) phthalic acid imidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole and (C) phthalic acid imidoalkylated quinacridone at the beginning of dispersion. The total amount of a specific addition amount, but it is also possible to add a part of a specific addition amount when starting to disperse. In this case, for example, a residual amount can be added in the middle of the dispersion.
茲就本發明之製法具體說明如下。例如,預先混合(A )二酮吡咯并吡略顔料與(B)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化二酮 吡咯并吡咯及(C)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基烷基化唾吖酮之特定添 加量中之至少一部分,與進一步在此視需要所倂用之分散劑 。並且,將藉由均質機等預先分散之該混合物與有機溶劑一 起,使用氧化鉻珠粒等之介質攪拌型分散機(例如, 聲 GETZMANN 公司(GETZM ANN GmbH )製造之 DISPERMAT )等加以微分散,藉此則可調製得本發明之顏料分散組成物 0 本發明在使用介質攪拌型分散機來進行微分散處理時, 則較佳爲以短時間且不至於對被分散體造成損傷下溫和地進 行分散之目的而使用平均粒徑爲〇.〇1 mm以上、0.2 mm以下 之介質。在此,在本發明中之所謂的「平均粒徑」係意謂介 質之圓相當徑,而以100個介質之最長徑與最短徑的平均値 所計算得者。具體言之,可以實體顯微鏡將介質攝影且加以 -69- 200948906 放大,而由其之畫像測定粒徑。 在本發明中,較佳爲在以0.01 mm以上、0.2mm以下之 介質進行分散之前,實施預分散以預先破碎粗大粒子。由於 預分散係以粉碎粗大粒子爲其目的,因此較佳爲使用較大尺 寸之介質,亦即,較佳爲使用平均粒徑爲0.3 mm以上、1.0 mm 以下之介質,更佳爲0.4 mm以上、1.0 mm以下之介質。 分散時間係根據所使用的裝置、顏料分散組成物之數量 等來設定最適時間即可,但是通常爲約1至24小時。 此外,關於捏合、分散之詳細細節係已揭述於T. C. Patton Ο 戶斤著作之「Paint Flow and Pigment Dispersion」(1964 年、The method of the present invention will be specifically described as follows. For example, premixing (A) diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment with (B) phthalimidoalkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole and (C) phthalic acid iminoalkylated saliva At least a portion of the specific addition amount of the anthrone, and a dispersant further used as needed herein. In addition, the mixture previously dispersed by a homogenizer or the like is microdispersed together with an organic solvent using a medium agitating type dispersing machine such as chrome oxide beads (for example, DISPERMAT manufactured by GETZM ANN GmbH). Thereby, the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention can be prepared. The present invention is preferably subjected to a microdispersion treatment using a medium agitating type disperser, and is preferably carried out gently for a short period of time without causing damage to the dispersion. For the purpose of dispersion, a medium having an average particle diameter of 〇.〇1 mm or more and 0.2 mm or less is used. Here, the "average particle diameter" in the present invention means the circle-equivalent diameter of the medium, and is calculated from the average length 値 of the longest diameter and the shortest diameter of 100 media. Specifically, the medium can be photographed by a stereo microscope and magnified by -69-200948906, and the particle size is determined by the image thereof. In the present invention, it is preferred to carry out pre-dispersion to pre-crush the coarse particles before dispersing in a medium of 0.01 mm or more and 0.2 mm or less. Since the pre-dispersion is aimed at pulverizing coarse particles, it is preferred to use a medium having a larger size, that is, a medium having an average particle diameter of 0.3 mm or more and 1.0 mm or less, more preferably 0.4 mm or more. , medium below 1.0 mm. The dispersion time may be set according to the apparatus to be used, the amount of the pigment dispersion composition, and the like, but is usually about 1 to 24 hours. In addition, detailed details on kneading and dispersion have been described in "Paint Flow and Pigment Dispersion" by T. C. Patton Ο 斤 著作 (1964,
John Wiley and Sons公司出版)、日本發明專利特開第 2007-1 6206號公報等。 由於所獲得之顏料分散組成物係具有優越的二酮吡咯并 吡咯顏料之分散性與分散穩定性,因此適合使用於含有二酮 吡咯并吡咯顏料作爲著色劑之各種的用途,例如在下文中說 明之著色聚合性組成物等。 <著色聚合性組成物> ® 本發明之著色聚合性組成物係包含如前已述之本發明之 顏料分散組成物、光聚合性化合物、及光聚合引發劑,且較 佳爲進一步含有鹼可溶性樹脂,視需要也可含有其他成分。 在下文中,則關於包含在本發明之著色聚合性組成物中 之各成分詳細地加以說明。 〔顏料分散組成物〕 本發明之著色聚合性組成物係使用如前所述本發明之顏 料分散組成物中之至少一種所構成者。關於用於構成著色聚 -70- 200948906 合性組成物的本發明之顏料分散組成物之詳細細節係如前已 述者。 在本發明之著色聚合性組成物中之顏料分散組成物的含 量係相對於著色聚合性組成物之總固體成分(重量),則顔 料之含量係較佳爲在5至70質量%之範圍的數量,更佳爲在 15至60質量%之範圍的數量。若顏料分散組成物的含量爲在 該範圍內時,則在爲確保足夠的色濃度且具有優越的色特性 上是有效。 〔光聚合性化合物〕 本發明之著色聚合性組成物係含有至少一種之光聚合性 化合物。 可使用於發明之光聚合性化合物係具有至少一個烯鍵性 不飽和雙鍵之加成聚合性化合物,且可選自具有至少一個、 較佳爲兩個以上之末端烯鍵性不飽和鍵之化合物。此等之化 合物族群係熟習此項技藝者所皆知,且在本發明中係可在並 無特殊的限制下使用。光聚合性化合物係具有例如單體、預 聚合物,亦即,二聚物、三聚物及寡聚物、或此等之混合物 以及此等之共聚合物等之化學形態。 單體及其之共聚合物的實例係包括:不飽和羧酸(例如 ,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、伊康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁 烯二酸等)、或其之酯類、醯胺類,且較佳爲使用不飽和羧 酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物之酯類、不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元 胺化合物之醯胺類。此外,也適合使用具有羥基或胺基、氫 硫基等之求核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類,與單官能 或多官能之異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物;及與單官能 -71- 200948906 或多官能之羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。此外,具有異氰酸酯 基、或環氧基等之親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類 ,與單官能或多官能之醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物; 除此之外,具有鹵素基、或甲苯磺醯氧基等之脫離性取代基 之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類,與單官能或多官能之醇類、胺類 、硫醇類之取代反應物也是適合。此外,其他實例係也可使 用取代如上所述之不飽和羧酸,而變更爲不飽和膦酸、苯乙 烯、乙烯基醚等所獲得之化合物族群。 脂肪族多元醇化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯系單體的具體實 Ο 例係包括:其中,丙烯酸酯類係包括:二丙烯酸乙二醇酯、 二丙烯酸三甘醇酯、二丙烯酸1,3-丁二醇酯、二丙烯酸四亞 甲基二醇酯、二丙烯酸丙二醇酯、二丙烯酸新戊二醇酯、三 丙烯酸三羥甲基丙烷酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醢氧基丙基 )醚、三丙烯酸三羥甲基乙烷酯、二丙烯酸己二醇酯、二丙 烯酸1,4-環己二醇酯、二丙烯酸四甘醇酯、二丙烯酸新戊四 醇酯、三丙烯酸新戊四醇酯、四丙烯酸新戊四醇酯、二丙烯 酸二新戊四醇酯、六丙烯酸二新戊四醇酯、三丙烯酸山梨醇 酯、四丙烯酸山梨醇酯、五丙烯酸山梨醇酯、六丙烯酸山梨 醇酯、異三聚氰酸三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、聚酯丙烯酸酯 寡聚物、經異三聚氰酸EO改質之三丙烯酸酯等。 甲基丙烯酸酯類係包括:二甲基丙烯酸四亞甲基二醇酯 、二甲基丙烯酸三甘醇酯、二甲基丙烯酸新戊二醇酯、三甲 基丙烯酸三羥甲基丙烷酯、三甲基丙烯酸三羥甲基乙烷酯、 二甲基丙烯酸乙二醇酯、二甲基丙烯酸1,3-丁二醇酯、二甲 基丙烯酸己二醇酯、二甲基丙烯酸新戊四醇酯、三甲基丙烯 -72- 200948906 酸新戊四醇酯、四甲基丙烯酸新戊四醇酯、二甲基丙烯酸二 新戊四醇酯、六甲基丙烯酸二新戊四醇酯、三甲基丙烯酸山 梨醇酯、四甲基丙烯酸山梨醇酯、雙〔對- (3-甲基丙烯醯氧 基-2-羥基丙氧基)苯基〕二甲基甲烷、雙-〔對-(甲基丙烯 醯氧基乙氧基)苯基〕二甲基甲烷等。 伊康酸酯類係包括:二伊康酸乙二醇酯、二伊康酸丙二 醇酯、二伊康酸1,3-丁二醇酯、二伊康酸1,4-丁二醇酯、二 伊康酸四亞甲基二醇酯、二伊康酸新戊四醇酯、四伊康酸Pllj ©梨醇醋等。 巴豆酸酯類係包括:二巴豆酸乙二醇酯、二巴豆酸四亞 甲基二醇酯、二巴豆酸新戊四醇酯、四巴豆酸妯梨醇酯等。「 異巴豆酸酯類」係包括:二異巴豆酸乙二醇酯、二異巴豆酸 新戊四醇酯、四異巴豆酸她梨醇酯等。「順丁烯二酸酯類」係 包括:二順丁烯二酸乙二醇酯、二順丁烯二酸三甘醇酯、二 順丁烯二酸新戊四醇酯、四順丁烯二酸卩山梨醇酯等。 其他之酯的實例係也適合使用:例如,在日本發明專利 特公昭第5 1 -473 34號、日本發明專利特開昭第57- 1962 3 1號 中所揭述之脂肪族醇系酯類;在日本發明專利特開昭第 59-5 240號、曰本發明專利特開昭第59-5241號、日本發明專 利特開平第2-22 6149號中所揭述之具有芳香族系骨架者;在 日本發明專利特開平第1-1 65 613號中所揭述之含有胺基者等 。除此之外,如前所述之酯系單體係也可作爲混合物來使用 〇 此外,「脂肪族多元胺化合物與不飽和羧酸之醯胺系單 體」的具體實例係包括:亞甲基雙-丙烯醯胺、亞甲基雙-甲基 -73- 200948906 丙烯醯胺、1,6-六亞甲基雙-丙烯醯胺、1,6-六亞甲基雙-甲基 丙烯醯胺、二伸乙基三胺參丙烯醯胺、伸茬基雙丙烯醯胺、 伸茬基雙甲基丙烯醯胺等。其他較佳的「醯胺系單體」的實 例係包括:在日本發明專利特公昭第54-2 1 726號中所揭述之 具有伸環己基結構者。 此外,也適合使用以異氰酸酯與羥基之加成反應所製造 之胺基甲酸酯系加成聚合性化合物,此等之具體實例係包括 :例如,藉由在日本發明專利特公昭第48-4 1 708號公報中所 揭述之在一分子具有兩個以上異氰酸酯基之聚異氰酸酯化合 物加成以下列通式(a)所代表之含有羥基之乙烯基單體所獲 得之在一分子中含有兩個以上聚合性乙烯基之乙烯基胺基甲 酸酯化合物等。 通式(a) CH2= C ( R) COOCH2CH ( R,)OH (但是,R及R’係分別代表H或CH3。) 此外,例如在日本發明專利特開昭第51-37193號、日本 發明專利特公平第2-32293號、日本發明專利特公平第 2- 1 676 5號中所揭述之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類;或在日本發明 專利特公昭第58-49860號、日本發明專利特公昭第56-1 7654 號、日本發明專利特公昭第62-3 94 1 7號、日本發明專利特公 昭第62-3 94 1 8號中所揭述之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸 酯化合物類也是適合。除此之外,藉由使用在日本發明專利 特開昭第63-277653號、日本發明專利特開昭第63-260909 號、日本發明專利特開平第1-105 23 8號中所揭述之在分子內 具有胺基結構或硫化物結構之加成聚合性化合物類時,則視 200948906 情形也有可能獲得具有非常優越的感光速率之光聚合性組成 物。 其他實例係包括:例如在日本發明專利特開昭第 48-64183號、日本發明專利特公昭第49-4 3191號、日本發明 專利特公昭第52-30490號等各公報中所揭述之聚酯丙烯酸酯 類、環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸進行反應所獲得之環氧丙烯 酸酯類等之多官能之丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯。此外,也可 列舉在日本發明專利特公昭第46-43946號、日本發明專利特 公平第1 -4033 7號、日本發明專利特公平第1 -40336號中所揭 述之特定的不飽和化合物;或在日本發明專利特開平第 2-2 549 3號中所揭述之乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。此外,在某些 情況下,也適合使用在日本發明專利特開昭第61-22048號中 所揭述之含有全氟烷基之結構。並且,也可使用在日本接著 協會誌(Nippon Secchaku Kyokai Shi [Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan])第 20 冊、第 7 期、第 3 00 至 308 頁(1984 年)中所介紹作爲光硬化性單體及寡聚物者。 關於此等加成聚合性化合物,其之結構、及單獨使用或 倂用、添加量等之使用方法之詳細細節係可參考最終的著色 聚合性組成物之性能設計而任意設定。 例如,可根據如下所述觀點來選擇。從「感度」的觀點 來考慮,則較佳爲每一分子之不飽和基含量爲多的結構’在 大部分情況下,則較佳爲二官能以上者。除此之外,爲提高 「硬化膜之強度」,則較佳爲三官能以上者,且進一步倂用 具有不同官能數·不同聚合性基(例如,丙烯酸酯、甲基丙 烯酸酯、苯乙烯系化合物、乙烯基醚系化合物)之加成聚合 -75- 200948906 性化合物,藉此調節感度與強度兩者之方法也是有效。 此外,對於與著色聚合性組成物中其他成分(例如,鹸 可溶性樹脂等之黏結劑高分子、光聚合引發劑、著色劑(顏 料))之相溶性、分散性而言,則加成聚合性化合物之選擇· 使用方法係重要的因素,例如,藉由使用低純度化合物或兩 種以上倂用,則也有可能獲得相溶性提高之情形。 此外,也可以提高與基板等之密著性爲目的而選擇特定 的結構。加成聚合性化合物係相對於著色聚合性組成物中之 非揮發性成分較佳爲5至70質量%,更佳爲在1 0至60質量 %之範圍使用。此外,此等係可單獨使用或其兩種以上倂用。 加成聚合性化合物之使用方法係可從對於氧的聚合阻害性之 大小、解析度、被翳性(fogging )、折射率變化、表面黏著 性等的觀點來任意選擇適當的結構、調配量、添加量。 〔光聚合引發劑〕 構成本發明之著色聚合性組成物之光聚合引發劑係包括 :例如,在日本發明專利特開昭第60-3626號公報中所揭述 之鹵代甲基噁二唑;在日本發明專利特公昭第59-1 28 1號公 報 '日本發明專利特開昭第53-1 3 3428號公報等中所揭述之 鹵代甲基-s-三氮阱等活性鹵素化合物;在美國發明專利第 4,318,791號、歐洲發明專利申請案第EP-88050號等之各說 明書中所揭述之縮酮、縮醛、或苯偶姻烷基醚類等之芳香族 羰基化合物;在美國發明專利第4,199,420號說明書中所揭述 之二苯甲酮類等之芳香族酬化合物;在法國發明專利第 Fr_2456741號說明書中所揭述之(硫)卩ill酮類或吖啶類化合 物;在日本發明專利特開平第10-62 986號公報中所掲述之香 200948906 豆素類或咯吩二聚物類等之化合物;在日本發明專利特開平 第8-015521號公報等之锍有機硼錯合物等。 在本發明中之光聚合引發劑係較佳爲:苯乙酮系、縮酮 系、二苯甲酮系、苯偶姻系、苯甲醯基系、灿酮系、活性鹵素 化合物(三氮畊系、噁二唑系、香豆素系)、吖啶系、聯二咪 唑系、肟酯系等。 如前所述之苯乙酮系光聚合引發劑係包括:例如,較佳 爲2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、對-二甲基胺基苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲 基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮、對·二甲基胺基苯乙酮、4,_異丙基-2· 羥基-2-甲基-苯丙酮、1-羥基·環己基-苯基-酮、' 2-苯甲基-2-二甲基胺基-1- (4-嗎啉基苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2·甲苯基-2-二 甲基胺基-1- ( 4-嗎啉基苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2-甲基-1-〔 4-(甲 硫基)苯基〕-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮等。 如前所述之縮酮系光聚合引發劑係包括:例如,較佳爲 苯甲基二甲基縮酮、苯甲基甲氧基乙基縮醛等。 如前所述之二苯甲酮系光聚合引發劑係包括:例如,較 佳爲二苯甲酮、4,4’-(雙二甲基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4’-(雙 二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4’-二氯二苯甲酮。 如前所述之苯偶姻系或苯甲醯基系光聚合引發劑係包括 :例如,較佳爲苯偶姻異丙基醚、苯偶姻異丁基醚、苯偶姻 甲基醚、鄰-苯甲醯基苯甲酸甲酯等》 如前所述之Dill酮系光聚合引發劑係包括:例如,較佳爲 二乙基氧硫灿噃、二異丙基氧硫灿噃、一異丙基氧硫岫哩、氯 氧硫岫卩星等。 如前所述之活性鹵素化合物(三氮阱系、噁二唑系、香 -77- 200948906 豆素系)」係包括:例如,較佳爲2,4 -雙(三氯甲基)-6 -對-甲氧基苯基-s-三氮畊、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6•對-甲氧基苯乙 烯基-s-三氮阱、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6_ (丨-對-二甲基胺基苯 基)-1,3-丁二烯基-s-三氮畊、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)_6_聯苯基 -s-三氮阱' 2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-(對-甲基聯苯基)-s_三氮 畊、對-羥基乙氧基苯乙烯基-2,6-二(三氯甲基)-s_三氮畊、 甲氧基苯乙烯基-2,6-二(三氯甲基)-3_三氮畊、3,4·二甲氧基 苯乙烯基-2,6-二(三氯甲基)-s-三氮阱、4-苯并氧雜環戊烷 -2,6-二(三氯甲基)-3-三氮畊、4-(鄰-溴-對-:^,:^-二(乙氧 © 基羰基胺基)-苯基)-2,6-二(氯甲基)+三氮畊、4_ (對·Ν,Ν-二(乙氧基羰基胺基)-苯基)-2,6-二(氯甲基)-s·三氮肼、 2-三氯甲基-5-苯乙烯基-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基- 5-(氰苯 乙烯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(萘甲醯-1-基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5 ·( 4·苯乙烯基)苯乙烯基-H4-噁二 唑、3-甲基-5-胺基-((s-三氮畊-2-基)胺基)-3-苯基香豆素 、3 -氯-5-二乙基胺基-((s -二氮哄-2-基)胺基)-3 -苯基香豆 素、3-丁基-5-二甲基胺基-((s-三氮哄-2-基)胺基)·3-苯基 〇 香豆素等。 如前所述之吖啶系光聚合引發劑係包括:例如,較佳爲 9-苯基吖啶、1,7-雙(9-吖啶基)庚烷等。 如前所述之聯二咪唑系光聚合引發劑係包括:例如,較 佳爲2-(鄰-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑基二聚物、2-(鄰-甲 氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑基二聚物、2_( 2,4_二甲氧基苯基 )-4,5-二苯基咪唑基二聚物等。 除了如上所述以外,也包括:1-苯基_1,2·丙二酮·2·(鄰- -78- 200948906 乙氧基羰基)肟、鄰-苯甲醯基-4’-(苯并氫硫基)苯甲醯基-己基-酮肟、2,4,6-三甲基苯基羰基-二苯基氧化膦、六氟磷醯 基-三烷基苯基鱗鹽等。 本發明並不受限於如上所述之光聚合引發劑,也可使用 其他習知者。例如,在美國發明專利第2,367,660號說明書中 所揭述之鄰位聚內縮酮基(Vicinal polyketolaldonyl)化合物; 在美國發明專利第2,367,661號及第2,367,670號說明書中所 揭述之α -羰基化合物;在美國發明專利第2,448,828號說明 〇 書中所揭述之偶姻醚;在美國發明專利第2,722,5 1 2號說明書 中所揭述之經α-碳氫化合物取代之芳香族偶姻化合物;在美 國發明專利第3,046,127號及第2,95 1,758號說明書中所揭述 之多核醌化合物;在美國發明專利第3,549,3 67號說明書中所 揭述之三烯丙基咪唑二聚物/對-胺基苯基酮之組合;在日本發 明專利特公昭第5 1 -485 1 6號公報中所揭述之苯并噻唑系化合 物/三鹵代甲基-s-三氮阱系化合物;在J.C· S.PerkinII( 1979 )第 1,653 至 1,660 頁、J· C. S. Perkin 11 ( 1979)第 156 至 ❹ 162 頁、「Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology j( 1 995年)第202至232頁、曰本發明專利特開第2000-663 85 號公報中所揭述之肟酯化合物等。 此外,此等之光聚合引發劑係也可倂用。 光聚合引發劑在著色聚合性組成物中的含量係相對於該 組成物之總固體成分較佳爲0.1至10.0質量%,更佳爲0.5至 5.0質量%。若光聚合引發劑的含量爲在該範圍內時,則聚合 反應可順利地進行以形成強度良好的膜。 〔鹼可溶性樹脂〕 -79- 200948906 本發明之著色聚合性組成物係較佳爲含有齡可溶性樹脂 。藉由將鹼可溶性樹脂包含在著色聚合性組成物中,當將該 著色聚合性組成物適用於使用光刻法的圖案形成時,則可更 進一步地提高圖案形成性。 鹼可溶性樹脂係線狀有機高分子聚合物,且可由在分子 (較佳爲以丙烯酸系共聚合物、苯乙烯系共聚合物作爲主鏈 之分子)中具有至少一個促進鹼可溶性之基(例如,羧基、 磷酸基、磺酸基等)之鹼可溶性樹脂中適當地選擇。在此等 之中,更佳爲可溶於有機溶劑且可以弱鹼水溶液加以顯影者 © 〇 鹼可溶性樹脂之製造係例如可適用根據習知的自由基聚 合法之方法。以自由基聚合法製造鹼可溶性樹脂時之溫度、 壓力、自由基引發劑之種類及其之量、溶劑之種類等之聚合 條件係可容易地由熟習此項技藝者設定,且也可根據實驗來 設定條件。 線狀有機高分子聚合物係較佳爲在側鏈具有羧酸之高分 子。例如,在日本發明專利特開昭第59-44615號、日本發明 〇 專利特公昭第54-3 43 27號、日本發明專利特公昭第5 8-1 25 77 號、日本發明專利特公昭第54-25957號、日本發明專利特開 昭第59-53 836號、日本發明專利特開昭第59-7 1 048號之各公 報中所揭述之甲基丙烯酸共聚合物、丙烯酸共聚合物、伊康 酸共聚合物、巴豆酸共聚合物、順丁烯二酸共聚合物、部分 酯化順丁烯二酸共聚合物等;以及在側鏈具有羧酸之酸性纖 維素衍生物、具有羥基之高分子加成酸酐所獲得者等,並且 ,在側鏈具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之高分子聚合物也可列舉作 -80- 200948906 爲較佳的實例。 在此等之中,特別是較佳爲(甲基)丙烯酸苯甲酯/(甲 基)丙烯酸共聚合物,或由(甲基)丙烯酸苯甲酯/(甲基) 丙烯酸/其他單體所構成之多元共聚合物。 其他,藉由與甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯共聚合所獲得者等 也是有用的實例。 除了如上所述者以外,其他實例係包括:在日本發明專 利特開平第7- 1 406 54號公報中所揭述之(甲基)丙烯酸2·羥 ^ 基丙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苯甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚 合物、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯/聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單體 /甲基丙烯酸苯甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚合物、甲基丙烯酸-2-羥 基乙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚合 物、甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苯 甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚合物等。 在本發明中之特別適合使用之鹼可溶性樹脂係(甲基) 丙烯酸與可與其共聚合的其他單體之共聚合物。在此所謂的 0 (甲基)丙烯酸係將丙烯酸與甲基丙烯酸合倂在一起之總稱 ,在下文中也相同地(甲基)丙烯酸酯係丙烯酸酯與甲基丙 烯酸酯之總稱。 可與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚合之其他單體係包括:(甲基 )丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、乙烯基化合物等 。在此,烷基及芳基之氫原子係可以取代基加以取代。 如前所述之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯及(甲基)丙烯酸芳 基酯的具體實例係包括:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙 烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、( -81 - 200948906 甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙嫌 酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸苯甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙嫌 酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等。 此外,如前所述之「乙烯基化合物」係包括:例如,苯 乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯 、丙烯腈、醋酸乙烯酯、Ν-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、甲基丙烯酸四 氫呋喃酯、聚苯乙烯巨單體、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單體、CH2 =CRiR2、CH2= C ( R1 ) ( COOR3 )〔在此,R1 係代表氫原 © 子或碳數爲1至5之烷基,R2係代表碳數爲6至10之芳香族 烴環,R3係代表碳數爲1至8之烷基或碳數爲6至12之芳烷 基。〕等。 此等可共聚合之其他單體係可以一種單獨或兩種以上組 合使用。 較佳的可共聚合之其他單體係選自 (^(R1) (COOR3)、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 苯甲酯、及乙烯中之至少一種,且特佳爲CH2= CWR2、及/ ® 或 CH2= C ( R1 ) ( COOR3 )。 鹸可溶性樹脂在著色聚合性組成物中的含量係相對於該 組成物之總固體成分較佳爲1至30質量%,更佳爲1至20質 量%,特佳爲2至1 5質量%。 〔溶劑〕 一般而言,本發明之著色聚合性組成物係可藉由將如前 所述之各成分與溶劑一起使用則可適當地調製得。 可使用之溶劑係包括:酯類,例如,醋酸乙酯、醋酸-正 -82- 200948906 -丁酯、醋酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、醋酸異戊酯、醋酸異丁酯、 丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、烷基酯類、 乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、氧基醋酸甲酯、氧基醋酸乙酯、氧基 醋酸丁酯、甲氧基醋酸甲酯、甲氧基醋酸乙酯、甲氧基醋酸 丁酯、乙氧基醋酸甲酯、乙氧基醋酸乙酯、3-氧基丙酸甲酯 、3-氧基丙酸乙酯等之3-氧基丙酸烷基酯類;3·甲氧基丙酸 甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸 乙酯、2-氧基丙酸甲酯、2-氧基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基丙酸丙酯、 2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、 2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、2·氧基-2-甲基丙酸 甲酯、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、 2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮 酸丙酯、乙醯基醋酸甲酯、乙醯基醋酸乙酯、2-側氧基丁酸 甲酯、2-側氧基丁酸乙酯等;醚類,例如,二甘醇二甲基醚 、四氫呋喃、乙二醇一甲基醚、乙二醇一乙基醚、醋酸甲基 賽路蘇酯、醋酸乙基賽路蘇酯、二甘醇一甲基醚、二甘醇一 乙基醚、二甘醇一丁基醚、醋酸乙基咔必醇酯、醋酸丁基咔 必醇酯、醋酸丙二醇甲基醚酯、醋酸丙二醇乙基醚酯、醋酸 丙二醇丙基醚酯等;酮類’例如’甲基乙基酮、環己酮、2_ 庚酮、3-庚酮等;芳香族烴類’例如’甲苯、二甲苯(茬) 等。 在此等之中,較佳爲3_乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3_乙氧基丙酸 乙酯、醋酸乙基賽路蘇酯、乳酸乙酯、二甘醇二甲基酸、醋 酸-正-丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、醋酸乙基 咔必醇酯、醋酸丁基咔必醇酯、醋酸丙二醇甲基醚酯等。 -83- 200948906 溶劑係除了以單獨使用以外,也可兩種以上組合使用。 〔其他成分〕 本發明之著色聚合性組成物係視需要可含有除了增感色 素(sensitizing dye )、環氧樹脂、氟系有機化合物、熱聚合 引發劑、熱聚合成分、熱聚合抑制劑、塡充劑、如上所述之 鹼可溶性樹脂以外之高分子化合物、界面活性劑、密著促進 劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝集劑等之各種添加物。 〔增感色素〕 本發明之著色聚合性組成物係視需要也可添加入增感色 〇 素。增感色素係可藉由該增感色素所能吸收的波長之曝光來 促進該光聚合引發劑之自由基產生反應等、或藉由其之如前 所述光聚合性化合物之聚合反應。 此等之增感色素係包括:習知的分光增感色素或染料( spectral sensitizing dye or dye)、或可吸收光而與光聚合引 發劑發生相互作用之染料或顔料。 (分光增感色素或染料) 可用作爲本發明之增感色素之較佳的分光增感色素或染 ❹ 料係包括:多核芳香族類(例如,芘、茈、聯伸三苯);B山唱 類(例如,螢光黃、曙紅、赤藻辛、玫瑰紅B、孟加拉玫瑰 (Rose Bengal ));賽恩寧類(例如,噻喹啉藍、噁喹啉藍 );部花青素類(例如,部花青素、羰部花青素噻畊類( 例如,噻嚀、亞甲基藍、甲苯胺藍);吖啶類(例如,吖啶 橙、氯黃素、吖啶黃素);酞青素類(例如,酞青素、金屬 酞青素);卟啉類(例如,四苯基卟啉、經中心金屬取代之 卟啉):葉綠素類(例如,葉綠素、葉綠酸、經中心金屬取 -84- 200948906 代之葉綠素);金屬錯合物(例如,如下所述之化合物); 蒽醌類(例如,蒽醌):角鯊鑰類(例如,角鯊鑰)等。Published by John Wiley and Sons, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-1 6206, and the like. Since the obtained pigment dispersion composition has superior dispersibility and dispersion stability of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, it is suitably used for various uses containing a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment as a colorant, for example, as described below. Coloring a polymerizable composition or the like. <Coloring Polymerizable Composition> The coloring polymerizable composition of the present invention contains the pigment dispersion composition, the photopolymerizable compound, and the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention as described above, and preferably further contains The alkali-soluble resin may contain other components as needed. Hereinafter, each component contained in the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention will be described in detail. [Pigment Dispersion Composition] The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention is composed of at least one of the pigment dispersion compositions of the present invention as described above. Detailed details regarding the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention for constituting the colored composition-70-200948906 compliant composition are as described above. The content of the pigment dispersion composition in the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention is preferably from 5 to 70% by mass based on the total solid content (by weight) of the colored polymerizable composition. The quantity is more preferably in the range of 15 to 60% by mass. When the content of the pigment dispersion composition is within this range, it is effective in securing a sufficient color density and having excellent color characteristics. [Photopolymerizable Compound] The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention contains at least one photopolymerizable compound. The photopolymerizable compound to be used in the invention may be an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and may be selected from at least one, preferably two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Compound. Such a group of compounds is well known to those skilled in the art and can be used without particular limitation in the present invention. The photopolymerizable compound has, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer, and an oligomer, or a mixture thereof, and a chemical form of such a copolymer. Examples of the monomer and the copolymer thereof include: an unsaturated carboxylic acid (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.), or an ester thereof And guanamines, and preferably an ester of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyol compound, an amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyamine compound. Further, it is also suitable to use an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or decyl amine having a nucleating substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a thiol group, and an addition reaction product with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy group. And a dehydration condensation reaction with monofunctional-71-200948906 or a polyfunctional carboxylic acid. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or a guanamine having an isocyanate group or an electrophilic substituent such as an epoxy group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol; In addition to this, an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or decylamine having a detachable substituent such as a halogen group or a tosyloxy group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol are substituted. The reactants are also suitable. Further, other examples may be substituted with an unsaturated carboxylic acid as described above and changed to a compound group obtained by unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether or the like. Specific examples of the aliphatic polyol compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid ester monomer include: wherein the acrylate type includes: ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, and diacrylate 1,3 - Butylene glycol ester, tetramethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(propylene decyloxypropane Ether, trimethylolethane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, triacrylic acid Pentaerythritol ester, neopentyl glycol tetraacrylate, di pentaerythritol diacrylate, di pentaerythritol hexaacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, sorbitol tetraacrylate, sorbitol pentoxide, Sorbyl hexaacrylate, tris(propylene oxy)ethyl isocyanate, polyester acrylate oligomer, triacrylate modified with EO of isocyanuric acid, and the like. The methacrylates include: tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, Trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butylene glycol dimethacrylate, hexanediol dimethacrylate, neopentyl dimethacrylate Alcohol ester, trimethyl propylene-72- 200948906 acid pentaerythritol ester, neopentyl glycol tetramethacrylate, dineopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, Sorbyl methacrylate, sorbitan tetramethacrylate, bis[p-(3-methylpropenyloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]dimethylmethane, bis-[pair- (Methacryloxyethoxyethoxy)phenyl]dimethylmethane or the like. Ikonic acid esters include: ethylene glycol di-conconate, propylene glycol di-conconate, 1,3-butylene glycol di-conconate, 1,4-butanediol di-conconate, Di-methylene glycol ester of ikonic acid, neopentyl glycol di-iconconate, Pilj tetracitol acid, and pear vinegar. The crotonate system includes ethylene glycol dicrotonate, tetramethylene glycol dicrotonate, neopentyl glycol dicrotonate, sorbitol tetrabutylate, and the like. The "isocrotonate" includes ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, neopentyl glycol diisocrotonate, and sorbitan tetraisocrotonate. "Maleate" includes: ethylene glycol maleate, triethylene glycol dimaleate, neopentyl glycol maleate, tetrabutylene Sorbitan diacetate and the like. Examples of the other esters are also suitable for use: for example, the aliphatic alcohol-based esters disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-47334, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 57- 1962 No. An aromatic skeleton disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 59-5240, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 59-5241, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. 2-22 6149 The amine-containing group or the like as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 1-1 65 613. In addition, the ester-based single system as described above can also be used as a mixture. Further, specific examples of the "aliphatic polyamine compound and the carboxylic acid-based amide monomer" include: Bis-propyleneamine, methylene bis-methyl-73- 200948906 acrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebis-propenylamine, 1,6-hexamethylenebis-methylpropene oxime Amine, di-ethyltriamine propylene amide, hydrazinyl bis acrylamide, hydrazinyl bis methacrylamide, and the like. Other examples of the preferred "melamine-based monomer" include those having a cyclohexylene structure as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Sho 54-2 1726. Further, a urethane-based addition polymerizable compound produced by an addition reaction of an isocyanate and a hydroxyl group is also suitably used, and specific examples thereof include, for example, by Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-4 The addition of a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups in one molecule as disclosed in the publication No. 1 708, which is obtained by the vinyl group-containing vinyl monomer represented by the following formula (a), contains two molecules in one molecule. One or more polymerizable vinyl vinyl urethane compounds and the like. General formula (a) CH2=C (R) COOCH2CH(R,)OH (However, R and R' each represent H or CH3.) Further, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 51-37193, Japanese Invention The urethane acrylates disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. 2-1-2676, or Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. 58-49860, Japanese Invention An oxirane-based skeleton disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 56-1 7654, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. 62-3 94 No. 7, Japanese Patent No. 62-3 94 No. Carbamate compounds are also suitable. In addition, it is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO-63-277653, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO-63-260909, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. 1-105-23. In the case of an addition polymerizable compound having an amine structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule, it is also possible to obtain a photopolymerizable composition having a very excellent photosensitive rate depending on the case of 200948906. Other examples include, for example, those disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 48-64183, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 49-4 3191, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 52-30490, and the like. A polyfunctional acrylate or methacrylate such as an epoxy acrylate obtained by reacting an ester acrylate or an epoxy resin with (meth)acrylic acid. In addition, specific unsaturated compounds as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The vinyl phosphonic acid-based compound or the like as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2-2549-3. Further, in some cases, a structure containing a perfluoroalkyl group as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 61-22048 is also suitable. Also, it can be used as photocurability in Nippon Secchaku Kyokai Shi [Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan], Vol. 20, No. 7, pp. 00 to 308 (1984). Monomers and oligomers. The details of the structure of the addition polymerizable compound, the structure thereof, and the method of using it alone, the amount of addition, and the like can be arbitrarily set with reference to the performance design of the final colored polymerizable composition. For example, it can be selected according to the viewpoint described below. From the viewpoint of "sensitivity", it is preferred that the structure in which the content of the unsaturated group per molecule is large, and in most cases, it is preferably a difunctional or higher. In addition, in order to improve the "strength of the cured film", it is preferably a trifunctional or higher functional group, and further has a different functional number and a different polymerizable group (for example, acrylate, methacrylate, styrene) Addition polymerization of a compound, a vinyl ether compound) - 75- 200948906 Compound, whereby a method of adjusting both sensitivity and strength is also effective. In addition, the compatibility and dispersibility with other components (for example, a binder polymer such as a bismuth soluble resin, a photopolymerization initiator, and a colorant (pigment)) in the colored polymerizable composition are additive polymerization properties. The selection of the compound and the method of use are important factors. For example, by using a low-purity compound or two or more types, it is also possible to obtain an increase in compatibility. Further, it is also possible to select a specific structure for the purpose of improving adhesion to a substrate or the like. The addition polymerizable compound is preferably used in an amount of from 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably from 10 to 60% by mass, based on the nonvolatile component in the colored polymerizable composition. Further, these may be used singly or in combination of two or more thereof. The method of using the addition polymerizable compound can arbitrarily select an appropriate structure, a blending amount, and the like from the viewpoints of the degree of polymerization resistance of oxygen, the degree of resolution, the degree of fogging, the change in refractive index, the surface tackiness, and the like. The amount added. [Photopolymerization Initiator] The photopolymerization initiator constituting the coloring polymerizable composition of the present invention includes, for example, a halomethyloxadiazole as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 60-3626. An active halogen compound such as a halogenated methyl-s-triazine trap disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO-59-1 3 3428, and the like. An aromatic carbonyl compound such as a ketal, an acetal, or a benzoin alkyl ether, as disclosed in the specification of the U.S. Patent No. 4,318,791, the European Patent Application No. EP-88050, etc.; An aromatic compound of benzophenone or the like as disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,199,420; (thio) hydrazone or acridine compound as disclosed in the specification of French Patent No. Fr-2456741; A compound such as a fragrant sulphate or a spheroidal dimer of the genus 200948906, which is described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 10-62 986, and the like. Boron complexes and the like. The photopolymerization initiator in the present invention is preferably an acetophenone-based, ketal-based, benzophenone-based, benzoin-based, benzamidine-based, ketone-based, or active halogen compound (trinitrogen). Tillage, oxadiazole, coumarin, acridine, biimidazole, oxime, and the like. The acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiator as described above includes, for example, preferably 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2- Methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, 4,-isopropyl-2.hydroxy-2-methyl-propiophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl -Phenyl-ketone, '2-Benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-butan-1-one, 2·Tolyl-2-dimethyl Amino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-butan-1-one, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinylpropane-1- Ketones, etc. The ketal-based photopolymerization initiator as described above includes, for example, benzyldimethylketal, benzylmethoxyethylacetal and the like. The benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator as described above includes, for example, preferably benzophenone, 4,4'-(bisdimethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'- (Diethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone. The benzoin-based or benzamidine-based photopolymerization initiator as described above includes, for example, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin methyl ether, Methyl o-benzimidylbenzoate, etc. The Dill ketone photopolymerization initiator as described above includes, for example, diethyl thioxanthene, diisopropyl oxysulfuron, and the like. Isopropyl oxysulfonium, chlorothiazide, and the like. The active halogen compound (triazine well, oxadiazole system, fragrant-77-200948906 coumarin) as described above includes, for example, preferably 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6 - p-methoxyphenyl-s-trinitrogen, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6•p-methoxystyryl-s-triazane, 2,4-dual ( Trichloromethyl)-6_(丨-p-dimethylaminophenyl)-1,3-butadienyl-s-trinitrogen, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)_6_ Phenyl-s-triazine trap 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-(p-methylbiphenyl)-s-trinitrogen, p-hydroxyethoxystyryl-2 ,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s_trinitrogen, methoxystyryl-2,6-di(trichloromethyl)-3_trinitrogen, 3,4·dimethoxy Styryl-2,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine trap, 4-benzooxolane-2,6-di(trichloromethyl)-3-trinitrogen, 4-(o-bromo-p--:^,:^-bis(ethoxycarbonylcarbonylamino)-phenyl)-2,6-di(chloromethyl)+trinitrogen, 4_ (p. , Ν-bis(ethoxycarbonylamino)-phenyl)-2,6-di(chloromethyl)-s·triazinium, 2-trichloromethyl-5-styryl-1,3 , 4- evil Diazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(cyanostyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(naphthoquinone-1-yl)-1, 3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5 ·( 4·styryl)styryl-H4-oxadiazole, 3-methyl-5-amino-((s-triazo) Till-2-yl)amino)-3-phenylcoumarin, 3-chloro-5-diethylamino-((s-diazain-2-yl)amino)-3-phenyl Coumarin, 3-butyl-5-dimethylamino-((s-triazain-2-yl)amino)-3-phenylcoumarin. The acridine photopolymerization initiator as described above includes, for example, preferably 9-phenyl acridine, 1,7-bis(9-acridinyl)heptane or the like. The bisimidazole-based photopolymerization initiator as described above includes, for example, 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazolyl dimer, 2-(o-A- Oxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazolyl dimer, 2-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazolyl dimer, and the like. In addition to the above, it also includes: 1-phenyl_1,2·propanedione·2·(o-78-200948906 ethoxycarbonyl) fluorene, o-benzylidene-4'-(benzene And thiol)benzimidyl-hexyl-ketooxime, 2,4,6-trimethylphenylcarbonyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, hexafluorophosphonyl-trialkylphenyl squarate salt and the like. The present invention is not limited to the photopolymerization initiator as described above, and other conventional ones may be used. For example, a vicinal polyketolaldonyl compound as disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,367,660; the a-carbonyl compound disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent Nos. 2,367,661 and 2,367,670; The acetoin ethers disclosed in the above-mentioned U.S. Patent No. 2,448,828; the α-hydrocarbon-substituted aromatic acetoin compound as disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,722,512; The polynuclear oxime compound disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent Nos. 3,046,127 and 2,95,758; the triallyl imidazole dimer disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 3,549,357 a benzothiazole compound/trihalomethyl-s-triazine trap compound as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 51-485-16 In JC S. Perkin II (1979), pp. 1,653 to 1,660, J. CS Perkin 11 (1979), pp. 156-162, "Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology j (1952), 202 To 232 pages, the invention of this invention The oxime ester compound or the like as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-66385. Further, these photopolymerization initiators can also be used. The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the coloring polymerizable composition is relatively The total solid content of the composition is preferably from 0.1 to 10.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 5.0% by mass. If the content of the photopolymerization initiator is within this range, the polymerization reaction proceeds smoothly to form strength. [Alkali-soluble resin] -79- 200948906 The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention is preferably an age-containing soluble resin. When the alkali-soluble resin is contained in the colored polymerizable composition, the coloring polymerization is carried out. When the composition is suitable for pattern formation by photolithography, the pattern formation property can be further improved. The alkali-soluble resin is a linear organic high molecular polymer and can be used in a molecule (preferably an acrylic copolymer) And an alkali-soluble resin having at least one base which promotes alkali solubility (for example, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, etc.) in the styrene-based copolymer as a main chain molecule Among these, it is more preferable that it is a product which is soluble in an organic solvent and can be developed with a weakly alkaline aqueous solution. The production of a phthalic acid-soluble resin can be applied, for example, by a conventional radical polymerization method. The polymerization conditions in the case where the alkali-soluble resin is produced by the polymerization method, the polymerization conditions of the type and amount of the radical initiator, the kind of the solvent, and the like can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions can also be set according to experiments. . The linear organic polymer is preferably a polymer having a carboxylic acid in a side chain. For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-44615, Japanese Invention Patent No. 54-3 43 27, Japanese Invention Patent No. 5 8-1 25 77, Japanese Invention Patent No. 54 A methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic copolymer, and a methacrylic acid copolymer, as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 59-53 836, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 59-7 No. 1048, Ikonic acid copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, etc.; and an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid in a side chain, A polymer obtained by adding a hydroxyl group of a hydroxyl group, etc., and a polymer having a (meth)acryloyl group in a side chain is also exemplified as -80 to 200948906. Among these, it is particularly preferably a benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, or a benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other monomer. A multicomponent copolymer composed of. Others, which are obtained by copolymerization with 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, etc., are also useful examples. In addition to the above, other examples include: (meth)acrylic acid 2·hydroxypropyl propyl ester/polystyrene macromonomer as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 7- 406 54 /Methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macro monomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymerization , 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/methyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/A A benzyl acrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer or the like. The alkali-soluble resin which is particularly suitable for use in the present invention is a copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid and other monomers copolymerizable therewith. Here, the term "(meth)acrylic acid" is a generic term for a combination of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and hereinafter is also a generic term for (meth)acrylate-based acrylate and methacrylic acid ester. Other single systems copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid include: alkyl (meth)acrylate, aryl (meth)acrylate, vinyl compounds, and the like. Here, the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group and the aryl group may be substituted with a substituent. Specific examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate and the aryl (meth)acrylate as described above include: methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid Ester, butyl (meth) acrylate, (-81 - 200948906 methyl methacrylate), amyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) propyl hexanoate, octyl (meth) acrylate, ( Phenyl methacrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, toluene (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and the like. Further, the "vinyl compound" as described above includes, for example, styrene, methyl styrene, vinyl toluene, glycidyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, oxime-vinylpyrrolidone. , tetrahydrofuran methacrylate, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer, CH2 = CRiR2, CH2 = C (R1) (COOR3) [here, R1 represents hydrogen proton or carbon The number is 1 to 5 alkyl groups, R2 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and R3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. 〕Wait. These other single systems which can be copolymerized may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Preferred other copolymerizable single systems are selected from at least one of (^(R1)(COOR3), phenyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, and ethylene, and particularly preferred CH2 = CWR2, and / or CH2 = C (R1) (COOR3). The content of the bismuth soluble resin in the colored polymerizable composition is preferably from 1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. It is preferably from 1 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably from 2 to 15% by mass. [Solvent] In general, the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention can be used by using the components as described above together with a solvent. It can be suitably prepared. Solvents which can be used include: esters, for example, ethyl acetate, acetic acid-n-82-200948906-butyl ester, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate Ester, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, alkyl esters, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, oxy Butyl acetate, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, B 3-oxopropionic acid alkyl esters such as ethyl acetate, methyl 3-oxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate; 3. Methyl methoxypropionate, 3-methoxy Ethyl propionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, sodium 2-oxypropionate Ester, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2-ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate Ester, methyl 2-oxo-2-methylpropanoate, ethyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropanoate, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropanoate, 2-ethoxyl Ethyl 2-methylpropionate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoxyacetate, ethyl acetoxyacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, 2 - Ethyl acetoacetate or the like; ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl sulphate acetate, acetic acid Ethyl sirolimus, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethyl hexyl acetate, butyl hexyl acetate, acetic acid Glycol methyl ether ester, propylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol propyl ether acetate, etc.; ketones such as 'methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2 - heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.; aromatic hydrocarbon For example, 'toluene, xylene (oxime), etc. Among them, preferred are methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl sarbutazone acetate, Ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl acid, n-butyl acrylate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl hexyl acetate, butyl hydrazine acetate The alcohol ester, the propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, etc. - 83 - 200948906 The solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. [Other components] The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention may contain, in addition to a sensitizing dye, an epoxy resin, a fluorine-based organic compound, a thermal polymerization initiator, a thermal polymerization component, a thermal polymerization inhibitor, or a ruthenium, if necessary. Various additives such as a polymer compound other than the alkali-soluble resin described above, a surfactant, an adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, and an anti-aggregation agent. [Sensitizing dye] The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention may be added with a sensitizing dye as needed. The sensitizing dye can accelerate the radical generating reaction of the photopolymerization initiator or the like by the exposure of the wavelength which the sensitizing dye can absorb, or the polymerization reaction of the photopolymerizable compound as described above. Such sensitizing pigments include: conventional sensitizing dyes or dyes, or dyes or pigments that absorb light and interact with photopolymerization initiators. (Spectral sensitizing dye or dye) The preferred spectral sensitizing dye or dyeing system which can be used as the sensitizing dye of the present invention includes: polynuclear aromatics (for example, lanthanum, cerium, and terphenyl); Classes (eg, fluorescein, blush, red algae, rose red B, rose Bengal); cynins (eg, thiaquinoline blue, oxaquinoline blue); merocyanoids (eg, anthocyanins, carbonyl phthalocyanine stilettos (eg, thiazide, methylene blue, toluidine blue); acridines (eg, acridine orange, chloroflavin, acridine flavin); Anthraquinones (eg, anthracyclines, metal phthalocyanins); porphyrins (eg, tetraphenylporphyrin, porphyrin substituted with a central metal): chlorophylls (eg, chlorophyll, chlorophyllin, trans-center) Metals are -84-200948906 instead of chlorophyll); metal complexes (for example, compounds as described below); terpenoids (for example, hydrazine): horn shark keys (for example, horn shark keys) and the like.
分光增感色素或染料之更佳的實例係包括如下所述者。 在曰本發明專利特開昭第62-143044號公報中所揭述之 陽離子染料;在日本發明專利特公昭第59-24 147號公報中所 揭述之喹噁啉鎗鹽;在日本發明專利特開昭第64-33 104號公 報中所揭述之新亞甲基藍化合物;在日本發明專利特開昭第 64-56767號公報中所揭述之蒽醌類;在日本發明專利特開平 第2-1714號公報中所揭述之苯并灿嗤染料;在日本發明專利 特開平第2-2261 48號公報及日本發明專利特開平第2-226149 號公報中所揭述之吖啶類;在日本發明專利特公昭第 40-28499號公報中所揭述之哌喃鍚鹽;在日本發明專利特公 昭第46-423 63號公報中所揭述之賽恩寧類;在日本發明專利 -85- 200948906 特開平第2-63053號中所揭述之苯并呋喃色素;在日本發明 專利特開平第2-85858號公報、日本發明專利特開平第 2-216154號公報中之共轭酮色素:在日本發明專利特開昭第 57-10605號公報中所揭述之色素;在日本發明專利特公平第 2-30321號公報中所揭述之偶氮亞桂皮基衍生物;在日本發明 專利特開平第1 -287105號公報中所揭述之賽恩寧系色素;在 日本發明專利特開昭第62-3 1844號公報、日本發明專利特開 昭第62-3 1 848號公報、日本發明專利特開昭第62-14 3043號 公報中所揭述之卩ill π星系色素;在日本發明專利特公昭第 Ο 59-283 25號公報中所揭述之胺基苯乙烯基酮;在日本發明專 利特開平第2-1 79643號公報中所揭述之色素;在日本發明專 利特開平第2-24405 0號公報中所揭述之部花青素色素;在日 本發明專利特公昭第59-28326號公報中所揭述之部花青素色 素;在日本發明專利特開昭第59-8 9303號公報中所揭述之部 花青素色素;在日本發明專利特開平第8-129257號公報中所 揭述之部花青素色素;在日本發明專利特開平第8-3 3 4 897號 公報中所揭述之苯并哌喃系色素。 Ο (在350 nm至450 nm具有極大吸收波長之色素) 增感色素之其他較佳的模式係包括:屬於下列化合物族 群,且在350 nm至450 rim具有極大吸收波長之色素。 例如,多核芳香族類(例如,芘、茈、聯伸三苯);卩山唱 類(例如,螢光黃、曙紅、赤藻辛、玫瑰紅B、孟加拉玫瑰 (Rose Bengal ));賽恩寧類(例如,噻喹啉藍、噁喹啉藍 );部花青素類(例如,部花青素、羰部花青素);噻畊類( 例如,噻嚀、亞甲基藍、甲苯胺藍);吖啶類(例如,吖啶 -86- 200948906 橙、氯黃素、吖啶黃素);蒽醌類(例如,蒽醌);角鯊鎗 類(例如,角鯊鎗)。 增感色素之更佳的實例係包括:以下列通式(XIV)至( XVIII)所代表之化合物》More preferred examples of the spectrally sensitizing dye or dye include those described below. a cationic dye as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 62-143044; the quinoxaline gun salt disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 59-24147; The novel methylene blue compound disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 64-33104; the scorpion disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO-64-56767; The benzoxanthene dyes disclosed in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 1714; the acridines disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. 2-226148 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. 2-226149; The sulfonium salt disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 40-28499; the sei Ning class disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO 46-42363; The benzofuran dye described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. 2-63053, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. 2-85858, and Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. 2-216154 Japanese Patent Publication No. 57-10605 discloses The azo acin-based derivative disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2-30321, which is incorporated herein by reference. The coloring matter is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 62-3 1844, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 62-3 1 848, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 62-14 3043.卩ill π galaxies; the amino styryl ketones disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Sho 59-283, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. An anthocyanin pigment, which is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. 2-24405 0, and an anthocyanin pigment disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 59-28326; An anthocyanin pigment disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 59-8-9303; an anthocyanin pigment disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 8-129257; The benzopyrazine system disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 8-3 3 4 897 pigment. Ο (Pigments with a maximum absorption wavelength from 350 nm to 450 nm) Other preferred modes of sensitizing dyes include: those belonging to the following compound groups and having a maximum absorption wavelength from 350 nm to 450 rim. For example, polynuclear aromatics (eg, lanthanum, cerium, and terphenyl); 卩 唱 (eg, fluorescent yellow, blush, red algae, rose red B, rose beng (Rose Bengal)); Nings (for example, thiaquinoline blue, oxaquinoline blue); merocyanoids (for example, procyanidins, carbonyl anthocyanins); stilettos (for example, thiazide, methylene blue, toluidine blue) ); acridines (eg, acridine-86-200948906 orange, chloroflavin, acriflavine); terpenoids (eg, sputum); horn shark guns (eg, horn shark guns). More preferred examples of sensitizing dyes include: compounds represented by the following general formulae (XIV) to (XVIII)
❹ 〔在通式(XIV )中,A1係代表硫原子或一 NR6<)—,R6e係代 表烷基或芳基,L01係代表與鄰接的A1及碳原子共同形成色 素之鹸性核(basic nucleus)之非金屣原子團,R61及R62係 各自獨立地代表氫原子或一價之非金屬原子團,R61、R62係 可互相鍵結而形成色素之酸性核(acidic nucleus) 。W係代 表氧原子或硫原子。〕 0 以通式(XIV )所代表之化合物之較佳的具體實例係展示 於如下所示之〔(A-1)至(A-5)〕。 -87- 200948906〔 [In the general formula (XIV), A1 represents a sulfur atom or a NR6<)-, R6e represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and L01 represents an anionic core which forms a pigment together with adjacent A1 and carbon atoms (basic) The non-metal atomic group of nucleus, R61 and R62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atomic group, and R61 and R62 may be bonded to each other to form an acid nucleus of the pigment. The W system represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Preferred specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (XIV) are shown in the following [(A-1) to (A-5)]. -87- 200948906
(A-l) (A-2)(A-l) (A-2)
通式(XV)General formula (XV)
〔在通式(XV )中,Ar1及Ar2係各自獨立地代表芳基,且其 等係隔著藉由一 1^2-之鍵結而連結在一起。在此,—I/2-係 代表-〇—或—S—。此外,W係與在通式(XIV)所示者同 義。〕 -88- 200948906 以通式(χν)所代表之化合物之較佳的實例係包括如下 所示之〔(A-6)至(A-8)〕。[In the general formula (XV), Ar1 and Ar2 each independently represent an aryl group, and they are linked together by a bond of 1^2-. Here, the -I/2- system represents -〇- or -S-. Further, the W system is synonymous with those shown in the general formula (XIV). -88-200948906 A preferred example of the compound represented by the formula (??) includes [(A-6) to (A-8)] shown below.
❹ 〇❹ 〇
表與鄰接的A2及碳原子共同形成色素之鹼性核之非金屬原子 團,R63、R64、R65、R66、R67及R68係各自獨立地代表一價 之非金屬原子團之基,R69係代表烷基或芳基。〕 以通式(XVI )所代表之化合物之較佳的實例係包括:如 下所示之〔(A-9)至(A-11)〕。 200948906The table and the adjacent A2 and carbon atoms together form a non-metal atomic group of the basic nucleus of the pigment, and R63, R64, R65, R66, R67 and R68 each independently represent a base of a monovalent non-metal atomic group, and R69 represents an alkyl group. Or aryl. Preferred examples of the compound represented by the formula (XVI) include: [(A-9) to (A-11)] as shown below. 200948906
〔在通式(XVII )中,A3、A4係各自獨立地代表_s—、或 一 NR73 —,R73係經取代或未經取代之烷基、或經取代或未經 取代之芳基,Le4、LQ5係各自獨立地代表與鄰接的A3、A4及 碳原子共同形成色素之鹼性核之非金屬原子團,R71、R72係 各自獨立地代表一價之非金屬原子團,且也可互相鍵結而形 成脂肪族性或芳香族性之環》〕 以通式(XVII)所代表之化合物之較佳的實例係包括: 如下所示之〔(A-12)至(A-15)〕。 -90- 200948906[In the general formula (XVII), A3 and A4 each independently represent _s-, or a NR73-, R73 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, Le4 And LQ5 each independently represents a non-metal atomic group which forms a basic nucleus of a pigment together with adjacent A3, A4 and a carbon atom, and R71 and R72 each independently represent a monovalent non-metal atomic group, and may also be bonded to each other. A ring which forms an aliphatic or aromatic ring.] Preferred examples of the compound represented by the formula (XVII) include: [(A-12) to (A-15)] shown below. -90- 200948906
(A- 1 2) (A- 1 3)(A-1 2) (A-1 2)
(A-l 4) (A- 1 5) lit# ’ gffeW使用於本發明之較佳的增感色素係包括: 以下式(XVIII)所代表者。 O R75(A-l 4) (A-1 5) lit# ' gffeW Preferred sensitizing dyes for use in the present invention include: those represented by the following formula (XVIII). O R75
〔在通式(XVIII )中,A5係代表可具有取代基之芳香族環或 雜環(optionally substituted aromatic ring or heterocyclic ring )’ x係代表氧原子、硫原子、或—N ( R74 ) —,Y係代表氧 原子、硫原子、或= N(R74) 。R74、R75' R76係各自獨立地 代表氫原子 '或一價之非金屬原子團,A5與R74、R75、r76 係可各自互相鍵結而形成脂肪族性或芳香族性之環。〕 在此,若R74、R75、R76係代表一價之非金屬原子團時, 則較佳爲代表經取代或未經取代之烷基或芳基。 -91 - 200948906 其次,關於R74、R75、R76之較佳的實例具體說明如下。 較佳的烷基的實例係包括:碳原子數爲1至20之直鏈狀、分 枝狀、及環狀之烷基,且其之具體實例係包括:甲基、乙基 、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十 一基、十二基、十三基、十六基、十八基、一十基、異丙基 、異丁基、二級-丁基、三級-丁基、異戊基、新戊基、1-甲基 丁基、異己基、2-乙基己基、2-甲基己基、環己基、環戊基、 2-降冰片基。在此等之中,更佳爲碳原子數爲1至12之直鏈 狀、碳原子數爲3至12之分枝狀、以及碳原子數爲5至10 Ο 之環狀之烷基。 經取代之烷基的取代基係使用除了氫原子以外的一價之 非金屬原子團之基,且其之較佳的實例係包括:鹵素原子( —F、— Br、— C1、— I)、經基、院氧基、芳氧基、氯硫基 、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、烷基二硫基、芳基二硫基、胺基、 N-烷基胺基、N,N_二烷基胺基、N-芳基胺基、N,N-二芳基胺 基、N-烷基-N-芳基胺基、醯氧基、胺甲醢氧基、N-烷基胺甲 醯氧基、N-芳基胺甲醯氧基、N,N-二烷基胺甲醯氧基、N,N- ^ 二芳基胺甲醯氧基、N-烷基-N-芳基胺甲醯氧基、烷基磺氧基 、芳基磺氧基、醯硫基、醯基胺基、N-烷基醯基胺基、N-芳 基醯基胺基、脲基、N-烷基脲基、N,N-二烷基脲基、N-芳基 脲基、N,N-二芳基脲基、N-烷基-N-芳基脲基、N-烷基-N-烷 基脲基' N,N-二烷基-N-烷基脲基、N,N-二烷基-N-芳基脲基 、N-芳基-N-烷基脲基、N-芳基-N-芳基脲基、N,N-二芳基-N-烷基脲基、N,N-二芳基-N-芳基脲基、N-烷基-N-芳基-N-烷基 脲基、N-烷基-N-芳基-N-芳基脲基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧 -92- 200948906 基羰基胺基、N-烷基·Ν-烷氧基羰基胺基、N-烷基-N-芳氧基 羰基胺基、N-芳基-N-烷氧基羰基胺基、N-芳基-N-芳氧基羰 基胺基、甲醯基、醯基、羧基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、 胺甲醯基、N-烷基胺甲醯基、N,N_二烷基胺甲醯基、N-芳基 胺甲醯基、N,N-二芳基胺甲醯基、N_烷基-N-芳基胺甲醯基、 院基亞擴酿基、芳基亞磺醯基、院基擴醯基、芳基磺醯基、 磺酸基(-SO3 Η )及其之共轭鹸基(在下文中,則稱爲磺酸 根基)、烷氧基磺醯基、芳氧基磺醯基、胺亞磺醯基、Ν-烷 ® 基胺亞磺醯基、Ν,Ν-二烷基胺亞磺醯基、Ν-芳基胺亞磺醯基 、Ν,Ν-二芳基胺亞磺醯基、Ν_烷基·Ν_芳基胺亞磺醯基、胺磺 醯基、Ν-烷基胺磺醯基、Ν,Ν_二烷基胺磺醯基、Ν-芳基胺磺 醯基、Ν,Ν-二芳基胺磺醯基、Ν_烷基_Ν_芳基胺磺醯基、膦酸 基(-Ρ〇3Η2 )及其之共軛鹸基(在下文中,則稱爲膦酸根基 )、二烷基膦酸基(―Ρ〇3(烷基)2)、二芳基膦酸基(― Ρ〇3(芳基)2)、烷基芳基膦酸基(一 Ρ〇3(院基)(芳基) )、一烷基膦酸基(—Ρ〇3Η (烷基))及其之共軛鹼基(在 _ 下文中,則稱爲「烷基膦酸根基」)、一芳基膦酸基(―ρ〇3η (芳基))及其之共軛驗基(在下文中,則稱爲芳基膦酸根 基)、膦酸基氧基(―〇ρ〇3Η2)及其之共轭鹼基(在下文中 ,則稱爲膦酸根基氧基)、二烷基膦酸基氧基(-〇Ρ〇3(烷 基)2)、二芳基膦酸基氧基(―〇Ρ〇3(芳基)2)、烷基芳 基膦酸基氧基(-〇Ρ〇3(烷基)(芳基))、一烷基膦酸基 氧基(一 0Ρ03Η (烷基))及其之共軛鹼基(在下文中’則 稱爲烷基膦酸根基氧基)、一芳基膦酸基氧基(-0Ρ03Η ( 芳基))及其之共軛鹸基(在下文中’則稱爲芳基膦酸根基 -93- 200948906 氧基)、氰基、硝基、芳基、雜芳基、烯基、炔基、矽烷基 〇 在此等取代基之中,烷基的具體實例係包括如前所述之 烷基,且此等係也可進一步具有取代基。 此外,在如上所述經取代之烷基的取代基中之芳基的具 體實例係包括:苯基、聯苯基、萘基、甲苯基、茬基、莱基、 異丙苯基、氯苯基、溴苯基、氯甲基苯基、羥基苯基、甲氧 基苯基、乙氧基苯基、苯氧基苯基、乙醯氧基苯基、苯甲醯 氧基苯基、甲基硫基苯基、苯基硫基苯基、甲基胺基苯基、 二甲基胺基苯基、乙醯基胺基苯基、羧基苯基、甲氧基羰基 苯基、乙氧基苯基羰基、苯氧基羰基苯基、N-苯基胺甲醯基 苯基、苯基、氰基苯基、磺酸基苯基、磺酸根基苯基、膦酸 基苯基、膦酸根基苯基等。 在如上所述經取代之烷基的取代基中之雜芳基係使用衍 生自含有氮、氧、硫原子中之至少一種的單環或多環芳香族 環之基,特別是較佳的雜芳基中之雜芳基環的實例係包括: 例如,噻吩、噻蒽(thianthrene )、呋喃、哌喃、異苯并呋喃 、暁烷烯(chromene )、灿卩星、啡噁畊、吡咯、吡唑、異唾唑 '異噁唑、吡阱、嘧啶、嗒畊、吲哚阱、異吲哚阱、吲哚(indole )、吲唑、嘌呤、唾畊、異喹啉、酞畊、萘啶、喹唑啉、啐啉 (cinnoline )、碟陡、味哩、昨·啉、菲(phenanthrene )、叱 瞭、咽陡(萘嵌間二氮雜苯:perimidine)、啡啉、駄哄、啡 砷阱(phenarsazine )、呋咕等;且此等係可進一步加以苯并 縮環、或也可具有取代基。 此外,在如上所述「經取代之烷基的取代基」中之「烯 200948906 基」的實例係包括:乙烯基、i-丙烯基、i-丁烯基、桂皮基( 肉桂基)、2-氯-1-乙烯基等;此外,在如上所述「經取代之 烷基的取代基」中之「炔基J的實例係包括:乙炔基、1-丙 炔基、1-丁炔基、三甲基矽烷基乙炔基等。在醯基(Gko-)中之G1係包括:氫原子、以及如上所述之烷基、芳基。在 此等「經取代之烷基的取代基」中,進一步更佳爲:鹵素原 子(―F、_ Br、— Cl、— I)、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷基硫基 、芳基硫基、N-烷基胺基、N,N-二烷基胺基、醯氧基、N-烷 © 基胺甲醯氧基、N-芳基胺甲醯氧基、醯基胺基、甲醯基、醯 基、羧基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、N-烷基胺 甲醯基、N,N-二烷基胺甲醯基、N·芳基胺甲醯基、N-烷基-N-芳基胺甲醯基、磺酸基、磺酸根基、胺磺醯基、N-烷基胺磺 醯基、N,N-二烷基胺磺醯基、N-芳基胺磺醯基、N-烷基-N-芳 基胺磺醯基、膦酸基、膦酸根基、二烷基膦酸基、二芳基膦 酸基、一烷基膦酸基、烷基膦酸根基、一芳基膦酸基、芳基 膦酸根基、膦酸基氧基、膦酸根基氧基、芳基、烯基。 ® 藉由組合如上所述取代基與伸烷基所獲得之作爲R74、 R75、或R76之較佳的經取代之烷基的具體實例係包括:氯甲 基、溴甲基、2-氯乙基、三氟甲基、甲氧基甲基、甲氧基乙 氧基乙基、烯丙氧基甲基、苯氧基甲基、甲硫基甲基、甲苯 硫基甲基、乙基胺基乙基、二乙基胺基丙基、嗎啉基丙基、 乙醯氧基甲基、苯甲醯氧基甲基、N-環己基胺甲醯氧基乙基 、N-苯基胺甲醯氧基乙基、乙醯基胺基乙基、N-甲基苯甲醯 基胺基丙基、2·側氧基乙基、2-側氧基丙基、羧基丙基、甲氧 基羰基乙基、烯丙氧基羰基丁基、氯苯氧基羰基甲基、胺甲 -95- 200948906 醯基甲基、N-甲基胺甲醢基乙基' N,N-二丙基胺甲醯基甲基 、N-(甲氧基苯基)胺甲醯基乙基、N-甲基-N-(磺酸基苯基 )胺甲醯基甲基、磺酸基丁基、磺酸根基丙基、磺酸根基丁 基、胺磺醯基丁基、N-乙基胺磺醯基甲基、Ν,Ν·二丙基胺磺 醯基丙基、Ν-甲苯基胺磺醯基丙基、Ν-甲基-Ν-(膦酸基苯基 )胺磺醯基辛基、膦酸基丁基、膦酸根基己基、二乙基膦酸 基丁基、二苯基膦酸基丙基、甲基膦酸基丁基、甲基膦酸根 基丁基、甲苯基膦酸基己基、甲苯基膦酸根基己基、膦酸基 氧基丙基、膦酸根基氧基丁基、苯甲基、苯乙基、α-甲基苯 © 甲基、1-甲基-1-苯基乙基、對-甲基苯甲基、桂皮基(肉桂基 )、烯丙基、1-丙烯基甲基、2· 丁烯基、2-甲基烯丙基、2-甲 基丙烯基甲基、2-丙炔基、2-丁炔基、3-丁炔基等。 作爲R74、R75、或R76之較佳的芳基的具體實例係包括 :藉由1個至3個之苯環所形成的縮合環、及苯環與5員不 飽和環所形成的縮合環,且其之具體實例係包括:苯基、萘 基、蒽基、菲基、節基、乙院合萘基(二氫危基:acenaphthenyl group)、莽基;在此等之中,更佳爲苯基、萘基。 Ο 作爲R74、R75、或R76之較佳的經取代之芳基的具體實 例係包括:在形成環的碳原子上具有(除了氫原子以外)一 價之非金屬原子團之基作爲取代基之如前所述芳基》較佳的 取代基的實例係包括:如前所述之烷基、經取代之烷基、以 及在前文關於經取代之烷基的取代基中所例示者。此等經取 代之芳基之較佳的具體實例係包括:聯苯基、甲苯基、茬基 、采基、異丙苯基、氯苯基、溴苯基、氟苯基、氯甲基苯基、 三氟甲基苯基、羥基苯基、甲氧基苯基、甲氧基乙氧基苯基 -96- 200948906 、烯丙氧基苯基、苯氧基苯基、甲基硫基苯基、甲苯基苯硫 基、乙基胺基苯基、二乙基胺基苯基、嗎啉基苯基、乙醯氧 基苯基、苯甲醯氧基苯基、N-環己基胺甲醯氧基苯基、N-苯 基胺甲醯氧基苯基、乙醯基胺基苯基、N-甲基苯甲醯基胺基 苯基、羧基苯基、甲氧基羰基苯基、烯丙氧基羰基苯基、氯 苯氧基羰基苯基、胺甲醯基苯基、N-甲基胺甲醯基苯基、N,N-二丙基胺甲醯基苯基、N-(甲氧基苯基)胺甲醯基苯基、N-甲基-N-(磺酸基苯基)胺甲醯基苯基、磺酸基苯基、磺酸根 β 基苯基、胺磺醯基苯基、N-乙基胺磺醯基苯基、n,N-二丙基 胺磺醯基苯基、N·甲苯基胺磺醯基苯基、N·甲基-N-(膦酸基 苯基)胺磺醯基苯基、膦酸基苯基、膦酸根基苯基、二乙基 膦酸基苯基、二苯基膦酸基苯基、甲基膦酸基苯基、甲基膦 酸根基苯基、甲苯基膦酸基苯基、甲苯基膦酸根基苯基、烯 丙基苯基、1-丙烯基苯基甲基、2-丁烯基苯基、2-甲基烯丙基 苯基、2-甲基丙烯基苯基、2-丙炔基苯基、2-丁炔基苯基、3-丁炔基苯基等。 @ 此外,R75及R76之進一步更佳的實例係經取代或未經取 代之烷基。此外,R74之進一步更佳的實例係經取代或未經取 代之芳基。其理由雖然並不清楚,但是可推定爲由於具有此 等之取代基,使得因光吸收所產生的電子激發狀態與引發劑 化合物之相互作用特別增強,而提高引發劑化合物產生自由 基、酸或鹸的效率的緣故。 其次,關於通式(XVIII)中之A5加以說明。A5係代表 可具有取代基之芳香族環或雜環,且該可具有取代基之芳香 族環或雜環的具體實例係包括與已在通式(XVIII)中之R74 -97- 200948906 、R75、或R76之如前所述的說明中所例示者爲相同者。 其中,較佳的A5係包括:具有烷氧基、烷硫基、胺基之 芳基,特佳的A5係包括:具有胺基之芳基。 其次,關於通式(XVIII )中之Y加以說明。Y係隔著雙 鍵而直接鍵結於通式(XVIII)中的含氮雜環之非金屬原子或[In the formula (XVIII), A5 represents an optionally substituted aromatic ring or heterocyclic ring, and x represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N(R74)—, Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or = N(R74). R74 and R75' R76 each independently represent a hydrogen atom 'or a monovalent non-metal atomic group, and A5 and R74, R75 and r76 may each bond to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring. Here, when R74, R75 and R76 represent a monovalent non-metal atomic group, it preferably represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or aryl group. -91 - 200948906 Next, preferred examples of R74, R75, and R76 are specifically described below. Examples of preferred alkyl groups include linear, branched, and cyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include methyl group, ethyl group, and propyl group. Butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, eleven, decyl, thirteen, hexadecyl, octadecyl, decyl, isopropyl, isobutyl Base, secondary-butyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 1-methylbutyl, isohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl , 2-norborne base. Among these, a linear chain having a carbon number of 1 to 12, a branch having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms are more preferable. The substituent of the substituted alkyl group is a group of a monovalent non-metal atomic group other than a hydrogen atom, and preferred examples thereof include a halogen atom (-F, -Br, -C1, -I), Alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, chlorothio, alkylthio, arylthio, alkyldithio, aryldithio, amine, N-alkylamino, N, N _Dialkylamino, N-arylamino, N,N-diarylamine, N-alkyl-N-arylamine, decyloxy, aminemethyloxy, N-alkyl Aminomethyl methoxy, N-arylamine methyl methoxy, N,N-dialkylamine methyl methoxy, N,N-^diarylamine methyloxy, N-alkyl-N- Arylamine methyl methoxy, alkyl sulfoxy, aryl sulfoxy, sulfonylthio, decylamino, N-alkyl decylamino, N-aryl decylamino, ureido, N-alkylureido, N,N-dialkylureido, N-arylureido, N,N-diarylureido, N-alkyl-N-arylureido, N-alkyl -N-alkylureido' N,N-dialkyl-N-alkylureido, N,N-dialkyl-N-arylureido, N-aryl-N-alkylureido, N-aryl-N-arylureido, N,N-diaryl-N-alkane Urea, N,N-diaryl-N-arylureido, N-alkyl-N-aryl-N-alkylureido, N-alkyl-N-aryl-N-arylurea Alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxy-92- 200948906 carbonylcarbonylamino group, N-alkyl fluorene-alkoxycarbonylamino group, N-alkyl-N-aryloxycarbonylamino group, N- Aryl-N-alkoxycarbonylamino, N-aryl-N-aryloxycarbonylamino, decyl, fluorenyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminemethanyl, N-alkylamine, mercapto, N,N-dialkylamine, mercapto, N-arylamine, N,N-diarylamine, N-alkyl-N-aryl a sulfhydryl group, a benzyl sulfonyl group, an aryl sulfinyl group, a fluorenyl group, an aryl sulfonyl group, a sulfonic acid group (-SO3 Η), and a conjugated thiol group thereof (hereinafter , referred to as sulfonate), alkoxysulfonyl, aryloxysulfonyl, amine sulfinyl, decane-alkyl sulfinyl, hydrazine, hydrazine-dialkylamine sulfin Indenyl, fluorene-arylamine sulfinyl, anthracene, fluorene-diarylamine sulfinyl, hydrazine-alkyl hydrazine arylsulfinyl, sulfonyl, fluorenyl Aminesulfonyl, hydrazine, hydrazine-dialkylamine Anthracenyl, fluorenyl-arylamine sulfonyl, anthracene, fluorenyl-diarylamine sulfonyl, hydrazine-alkyl-hydrazine-arylsulfonyl, phosphonic acid (-Ρ〇3Η2) and Conjugated thiol group (hereinafter referred to as phosphonate group), dialkylphosphonic acid group (-Ρ〇3(alkyl) 2), diarylphosphonic acid group (-Ρ〇3 (aryl) 2 ), an alkylarylphosphonic acid group (monoindole (aryl) (aryl)), a monoalkylphosphonic acid group (-Ρ〇3Η (alkyl)) and its conjugated base (in _ Hereinafter, it is referred to as "alkylphosphonate"), an arylphosphonic acid group ("ρ〇3η (aryl)), and a conjugated test thereof (hereinafter, referred to as an arylphosphonate group) , a phosphonic acidoxy group (-〇ρ〇3Η2) and a conjugated base thereof (hereinafter, referred to as a phosphonateoxy group), a dialkylphosphonic acidoxy group (-〇Ρ〇3 ( Alkyl) 2), diarylphosphonic acidoxy (-〇Ρ〇3(aryl) 2), alkylarylphosphonic acidoxy (-indole 3 (alkyl) (aryl) a monoalkylphosphonic acidoxy group (monomethylphosphonyloxy group) and its conjugated base (hereinafter referred to as an alkylphosphonateoxy group) , an arylphosphonic acid oxy group (-0Ρ03Η(aryl)) and a conjugated fluorenyl group thereof (hereinafter referred to as arylphosphonate-93-200948906 oxy group), a cyano group, a nitro group, Among the substituents, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a decyl group, and a specific example of the alkyl group include the alkyl group as described above, and these groups may further have a substituent. Further, specific examples of the aryl group in the substituent of the substituted alkyl group as described above include: phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, tolyl, fluorenyl, lysyl, cumyl, chlorobenzene Base, bromophenyl, chloromethylphenyl, hydroxyphenyl, methoxyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, phenoxyphenyl, ethoxylated phenyl, benzhydryloxyphenyl, A Thiopylphenyl, phenylthiophenyl, methylaminophenyl, dimethylaminophenyl, ethionylaminophenyl, carboxyphenyl, methoxycarbonylphenyl, ethoxy Phenylcarbonyl, phenoxycarbonylphenyl, N-phenylamine, mercaptophenyl, phenyl, cyanophenyl, sulfophenyl, sulfonylphenyl, phosphophenyl, phosphonic acid Base phenyl and the like. The heteroaryl group in the substituent of the substituted alkyl group as described above is a group derived from a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring containing at least one of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur atoms, particularly preferably a hetero group. Examples of the heteroaryl ring in the aryl group include, for example, thiophene, thianthrene, furan, piper, isobenzofuran, chromene, cucurbit, morphine, pyrrole, Pyrazole, isosazole, isoxazole, pyrimidine, pyrimidine, sorghum, sputum trap, isoindole, indole, carbazole, hydrazine, salivation, isoquinoline, argon, naphthalene Pyridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, dish steep, miso, morphine, phenanthrene, phlegm, pharyngeal (perimidine), morphine, guanidine, Phenosazine, furazan, etc.; and these may be further benzo ring-condensed or may have a substituent. Further, examples of the "olefin 200948906 group" in the "substituent of the substituted alkyl group" as described above include: vinyl group, i-propenyl group, i-butenyl group, cinnamyl group (cinnamyl group), 2 -Chloro-1-vinyl group or the like; further, examples of the "alkynyl group J" in the "substituent of the substituted alkyl group" as described above include: ethynyl group, 1-propynyl group, 1-butynyl group And a trimethylsilyl ethynyl group, etc. The G1 system in the fluorenyl group (Gko-) includes a hydrogen atom, and an alkyl group or an aryl group as described above. Here, the substituent of the substituted alkyl group is used. Further, more preferably: a halogen atom ("F, _Br, - Cl, - I), an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an N-alkylamino group, N, N-dialkylamino, decyloxy, N-alkyl-based amine methoxycarbonyl, N-arylamine methyl methoxy, decylamino, decyl, decyl, carboxy, alkoxy Carbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminemethanyl, N-alkylamine, fluorenyl, N,N-dialkylamine, fluorenyl, N-arylamine, N-alkyl-N-aryl Base amide, sulfonate, sulfonate, sulfonate, N-alkane Amine sulfonyl, N,N-dialkylamine sulfonyl, N-arylamine sulfonyl, N-alkyl-N-arylamine sulfonyl, phosphonic acid, phosphonate, two Alkylphosphonic acid group, diarylphosphonic acid group, monoalkylphosphonic acid group, alkylphosphonic acid group, monoarylphosphonic acid group, arylphosphonic acid group, phosphonic acidoxy group, phosphonic acidoxy group , aryl, alkenyl. Specific examples of the preferred substituted alkyl group as R74, R75, or R76 obtained by combining the substituent and the alkylene group as described above include: chloromethyl, bromomethyl, 2-chloroethyl Base, trifluoromethyl, methoxymethyl, methoxyethoxyethyl, allyloxymethyl, phenoxymethyl, methylthiomethyl, tolylmethyl, ethylamine Ethyl ethyl, diethylaminopropyl, morpholinylpropyl, ethoxymethyloxy, benzhydryloxymethyl, N-cyclohexylaminemethyloxyethyl, N-phenylamine Methoxyethyl, ethyl hydrazinoethyl, N-methylbenzhydrylaminopropyl, 2· ethoxyethyl, 2-sided oxypropyl, carboxypropyl, methoxy Carbocarbonylethyl, allyloxycarbonylbutyl, chlorophenoxycarbonylmethyl, amine methyl-95- 200948906 mercaptomethyl, N-methylamine-mercaptoethyl 'N,N-dipropyl Aminomethylmethyl, N-(methoxyphenyl)amine,carboxyethyl, N-methyl-N-(sulfonylphenyl)amine,carboxymethyl, sulfonylbutyl, Sulfonic acid propyl, sulfonyl butyl, sulfonyl butyl, N-ethylamine sulfonylmethyl, hydrazine , Ν·dipropylamine sulfonylpropyl, fluorenyl-tolylamine sulfonylpropyl, hydrazine-methyl-hydrazine-(phosphonophenyl)amine sulfonyl octyl, phosphonic butyl , phosphonate hexyl, diethylphosphonic butyl, diphenylphosphonic propyl, methylphosphonic butyl, methylphosphonic butyl, tolylphosphonic hexyl, tolyl phosphine Acid radical hexyl, phosphonooxypropyl, phosphonate oxybutyl, benzyl, phenethyl, α-methyl phenylmethyl, 1-methyl-1-phenylethyl, p- -methylbenzyl, cinnamyl (cinnamate), allyl, 1-propenylmethyl, 2·butenyl, 2-methylallyl, 2-methylpropenylmethyl, 2- Propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl and the like. Specific examples of the preferred aryl group as R74, R75, or R76 include a condensed ring formed by one to three benzene rings, and a condensed ring formed by a benzene ring and a 5-membered unsaturated ring. And specific examples thereof include: phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthryl, benzyl, naphthyl (dihydrophthenyl group), fluorenyl; among these, more preferably Phenyl, naphthyl.具体 Specific examples of the preferred substituted aryl group as R74, R75, or R76 include, as a substituent, a group having a monovalent non-metal atom group (other than a hydrogen atom) on a carbon atom forming a ring. Examples of preferred substituents of the above-mentioned aryl group include: an alkyl group as described above, a substituted alkyl group, and the exemplified above with respect to the substituent of the substituted alkyl group. Preferred specific examples of such substituted aryl groups include: biphenyl, tolyl, fluorenyl, decyl, cumyl, chlorophenyl, bromophenyl, fluorophenyl, chloromethylbenzene , trifluoromethylphenyl, hydroxyphenyl, methoxyphenyl, methoxyethoxyphenyl-96- 200948906, allyloxyphenyl, phenoxyphenyl, methylthiobenzene Base, tolylphenylthio, ethylaminophenyl, diethylaminophenyl, morpholinylphenyl, ethoxylated phenyl, benzhydryloxyphenyl, N-cyclohexylamine a nonyloxyphenyl group, an N-phenylamine methyl methoxy phenyl group, an ethyl decyl phenyl phenyl group, an N-methyl benzoguanidino phenyl group, a carboxy phenyl group, a methoxycarbonyl phenyl group, Allyloxycarbonylphenyl, chlorophenoxycarbonylphenyl, amine-mercaptophenyl, N-methylamine-methylphenyl, N,N-dipropylamine-methylphenyl, N- (Methoxyphenyl)amine,nonylphenyl, N-methyl-N-(sulfonylphenyl)amine,nonylphenyl, sulfonic acid phenyl, sulfonate, β-phenyl, amine sulfonate Nonylphenyl, N-ethylaminesulfonylphenyl, n,N-dipropylaminesulfonylphenyl, N.A Amidoximeylphenyl, N.methyl-N-(phosphonophenyl)amine sulfonylphenyl, phosphonic phenyl, phosphonate phenyl, diethylphosphonic phenyl, Diphenylphosphonic phenyl, methylphosphonic phenyl, methylphosphonic phenyl, tolylphosphonic phenyl, tolylphosphonyl phenyl, allyl phenyl, 1-propene Phenylmethyl, 2-butenylphenyl, 2-methylallylphenyl, 2-methylpropenylphenyl, 2-propynylphenyl, 2-butynylphenyl, 3 - Butynylphenyl and the like. @ Further, further preferred examples of R75 and R76 are substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups. Further, further preferred examples of R74 are substituted or unsubstituted aryl groups. Although the reason is not clear, it is presumed that due to such substituents, the interaction between the electron-excited state due to light absorption and the initiator compound is particularly enhanced, and the initiator compound is raised to generate free radicals, acids or The reason for the efficiency of 鹸. Next, A5 in the general formula (XVIII) will be described. A5 represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent, and specific examples of the aromatic ring or heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent include R74-97-200948906, R75 which have been in the formula (XVIII) The same as those exemplified in the foregoing description of R76 or R76. Among them, a preferred A5 group includes an aryl group having an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group or an amine group, and a particularly preferred A5 group includes an aryl group having an amine group. Next, the Y in the general formula (XVIII) will be described. Y is directly bonded to a non-metal atom of a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring in the formula (XVIII) via a double bond or
非金屬原子團,更具體言之,係代表氧原子、硫原子、或=N (R74)。在此,R74係代表氫原子、或一價之非金屬原子團 〇 此外,在通式(XVIII)中之X係代表氧原子、硫原子、 © 或一 N ( R74 ) _。R74係與在Y之情形者同義。 其次,使用於本發明之以通式(XVIII)所代表之化合物 之較佳的模式,則以通式(XVIII-1)所代表之化合物來加以 說明。A non-metal atomic group, more specifically, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or =N (R74). Here, R74 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atom 〇 In addition, X in the formula (XVIII) represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, © or a N(R74)_. The R74 system is synonymous with the case of Y. Next, a preferred mode of the compound represented by the formula (XVIII) used in the present invention will be described by a compound represented by the formula (XVIII-1).
在如上所示之通式(XVIII-1 )中,A5係代表可具有取代 基之芳香族環或雜環,X係代表氧原子、硫原子、或- N(R74 )—。R74、R77、R78係各自獨立地爲氫原子、或一價之非金 屬原子團,A5與R74、R77、R78係可各自相互鍵結而形成脂肪 族性或芳香族性之環。Ar係代表「具有取代基之芳香族環或 雜環」。但是,在Ar骨架上之取代基係其之哈曼特値(Hammett’ -98- 200948906 substituent constant )之總和必須爲大於0。在此所謂的哈曼 特値之總和爲大於〇係意謂可爲具有一個取代基且該取代基 之哈曼特値爲大於〇者,或具有複數個取代基且在此等取代 基之哈曼特値之總和爲大於0者。 在通式(XVIII-1 )中,A5及R74係與在通式(XVIII) 中者同義,R77係與在通式(XVIII)中之R75、R78係與在通 式(XVIII)中之R76同義。此外,Ar係代表具有取代基之芳 香族環或雜環、且與在通式(XVIII)中之A5同義。 ® 但是,可導入於在通式(XVIII-1 )中之Ar的取代基, 則必須爲哈曼特値之總和爲〇以上,而此等取代基的實例係 包括:三氟甲基、羰基、酯基、鹵素原子、硝基、氰基、亞 碾基、醯胺基、羧基等。此等取代基之哈曼特値係如下所示 :三氟甲基(一CF3、m: 0·43、ρ: 0.54)、羰基(例如一COH ' m: 0.36、ρ: 0.43 )、酯基(一COOCH3、m: 0.37 ' p : 0.45 )、鹵素原子(例如 Cl、m: 0.37、p: 0.23)、氰基(-CN 、m: 0.56、p: 0.66)、亞颯基(例如一SOCH3、m: 0.52、p : 0.45 )、醯胺基(例如一NHCOCH3、m: 0.21、p: 0.00) 、羧基(一 COOH、m: 0.37、ρ: 0·4 5)等。括弧內係代表其 之取代基在芳基骨架中的導入位置、及其之哈曼特値,例如 (m: 0·50 )係表示該取代基導入於間位(meta position )時 之哈曼特値爲0.50。其中,Ar之較佳的實例係包括具有取代 基之苯基,而Ar骨架上之較佳的取代基係包括酯基、氰基。 取代之位置係特佳爲位於Ar骨架上之鄰位(ortho position) ο 在下文中,將展示有關本發明之以通式(XVIII )所代表 -99- 200948906 之增感色素之較佳的具體實例〔例示化合物(F1)至例示化 合物(F56)〕,但是本發明並不受限於此等。 (F1) (F2)In the above formula (XVIII-1), A5 represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent, and X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or -N(R74)-. R74, R77 and R78 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metal atomic group, and A5 and R74, R77 and R78 may each be bonded to each other to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring. The Ar system represents "an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring having a substituent". However, the sum of the substituents on the Ar skeleton is Hammett's -98-200948906 substituent constant, which must be greater than zero. The sum of the so-called Harman's sputum is greater than the lanthanide means that it may have one substituent and the Harmantel 该 of the substituent is greater than 〇, or has a plurality of substituents and is substituted herein. The sum of Mante's is greater than zero. In the formula (XVIII-1), A5 and R74 are synonymous with the formula (XVIII), and R77 is the same as R75 and R78 in the formula (XVIII) and R76 in the formula (XVIII). Synonymous. Further, the Ar group represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring having a substituent, and is synonymous with A5 in the formula (XVIII). However, the substituent which can be introduced into Ar in the formula (XVIII-1) must be a total of hamant, and examples of such substituents include: trifluoromethyl, carbonyl , an ester group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a ruthenium group, a guanamine group, a carboxyl group, and the like. The Hammant oxime of these substituents is as follows: trifluoromethyl (a CF3, m: 0·43, ρ: 0.54), a carbonyl group (e.g., a COH 'm: 0.36, ρ: 0.43), an ester group. (a COOCH3, m: 0.37 'p: 0.45), a halogen atom (for example, Cl, m: 0.37, p: 0.23), a cyano group (-CN, m: 0.56, p: 0.66), an anthracene group (for example, a SOCH3) m: 0.52, p: 0.45), amidino group (for example, one NHCOCH3, m: 0.21, p: 0.00), a carboxyl group (one COOH, m: 0.37, ρ: 0·4 5), and the like. The parentheses indicate the introduction position of the substituent in the aryl skeleton, and the Harmant 値, for example, (m: 0·50) indicates that the substituent is introduced into the meta position. The feature is 0.50. Among them, preferred examples of Ar include a phenyl group having a substituent, and preferred substituents on the Ar skeleton include an ester group and a cyano group. The position of the substitution is particularly preferably an ortho position on the Ar skeleton. ο Hereinafter, a preferred specific example of the sensitizing dye represented by the general formula (XVIII) of the present invention -99-200948906 will be shown. [Example compound (F1) to exemplified compound (F56)], but the present invention is not limited thereto. (F1) (F2)
(F9)(F9)
〇〇
(F10)(F10)
-100- 200948906-100- 200948906
(F12) (F13)(F12) (F13)
-101 200948906-101 200948906
-102- 200948906-102- 200948906
(F33) (F34)(F33) (F34)
(F35) (F36)(F35) (F36)
103- 200948906 (F40) (F39)103- 200948906 (F40) (F39)
Ph (F41) OMePh (F41) OMe
(F44)(F44)
-104- 200948906-104- 200948906
-105- 200948906 (F49)-105- 200948906 (F49)
(F51)(F51)
106- 200948906 〔化 41〕 (F54) (F53)106- 200948906 〔化41〕 (F54) (F53)
(F56)(F56)
在可適用於本發明之如前所述增感色素中,從深部硬化 性的觀點來考慮,則較佳爲以如前所示之通式(XVIII)所代 表之化合物。 關於如上所述之增感色素,可以改良本發明之著色聚合 性組成物之特性爲目的而實施如下所述之各種化學改質。例 如,將增感色素與加成聚合性化合物結構(例如,丙烯醯基 或甲基丙烯醯基)以共價鍵、離子鍵、氫鍵等之方法加以結 合,藉此則可獲得交聯硬化膜之高強度化、或提高抑制來自 交聯硬化膜的色素之不必要析出(precipitation)功效。 增感色素之含量係相對於著色聚合性組成物之總固體成 分較佳爲〇.〇1至20質量%,更佳爲0_01至10質量%,進一 步更佳爲0.1至5質量%。 若增感色素之含量爲在該範圍,藉此則可獲得對於超高 壓水銀燈之曝光波長爲高感度,且可獲得膜深部硬化性( curability of lower layer portion ),同時在顯影邊限( developing margin)、圖案形成性方面也是較佳。 -107- 200948906 (環氧樹脂) 本發明之著色聚合性組成物係可爲提高所形成的塗膜之 強度而使用環氧樹脂作爲熱聚合成分。 環氧樹脂係雙酚A型、甲酚酚醛清漆型、聯苯型、脂環 式環氧化合物等之在分子中具有兩個以上環氧基環之化合物 〇 例如,雙酚A型係包括:EPOTOHTOYD-U5、YD-118T 、YD-127、YD-128、YD-134、YD-8125、YD-7011R、ZX-1059 、YDF-8 170、YDF-170等(以上是東都化成股份有限公司( Tohto Kasei Co.,Ltd.)製造):DENACOL EX-1101、EX-1102 、EX-1103等(以上是長瀨化成工業股份有限公司(Nagase ChemteX Corporation)製造);PLACCEL GL-61、GL-62、 G101、G102 (以上是DAICEL化學工業股份有限公司製造) :除此之外,其他也包括:類似於此等之雙酚F.型、雙酚S 型。此外,也可使用 Ebecryl 3700、3 70 1、600 (以上是 DAICEL-UCB股份有限公司製造)等之環氧丙烯酸酯。 甲酚酚醛清漆型係包括:EPOTOHTO YDPN-63 8、 YDPN-701、YDPN-702、YDPN-703、YDPN-704 等(以上是東 都化成股份有限公司製造);DENACOL EM-125等(以上是 長瀨化成工業股份有限公司製造)。聯苯型係包括:3,5,3’,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二縮水甘油基聯苯等。脂環式環氧化合物係包括 :CELLOXIDE 2021、208 1、2 0 8 3、2 0 8 5,EP OLE AD GT-3 0 1 、GT-302、GT-401、GT-403,EHPE-3150 (以上是 DAICEL 化學工業股份有限公司製造);SUNTOHTO ST-3000、ST-4000 、ST-5080、ST-5100等(以上是東都化成股份有限公司製造 200948906 );Epiclon 430、673、695、850S、4032 (以上是大日本油 墨化學工業股份有限公司(Dainippon Ink and Chemicals,Inc. )製造)等。 此外,也可使用:1,1,2,2-肆(對·縮水甘油氧基苯基)乙 烷、參(對-縮水甘油氧基苯基)甲烷、異三聚氰酸三縮水甘 油基參(羥基乙基)酯、鄰-苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯、對苯二 甲酸二縮水甘油酯;胺型環氧樹脂之EPOTOHTO YH-434、 YH-434L ;經在雙酚A型環氧樹脂之骨架中導入二聚酸加以 改質之縮水甘油酯等。 在此等之中,較佳的是「分子量/環氧基環之數」爲1〇〇 以上,更佳爲130至500。若「分子量/環氧基環之數」爲小 時,則硬化性高,在硬化時之收縮大;此外,若太大時,則 有硬化性不足、缺乏可靠性、平坦性惡化等之顧慮。 具體的較佳化合物係包括:EPOTOHTO YD-1 15、118T、 127、YDF-170、YDPN-63 8、YDPN-701 ; PLACCEL GL-61、 GL-62 ; 3,5,3’,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二縮水甘油基聯苯; CELLOXIDE 2021、2081,EPOLEAD GT-302、GT-403, EHPE-3 1 50 等。 (氟系有機化合物) 本發明之著色聚合性組成物係含有氟系有機化合物,以 提高製成爲塗布液時之液特性(特別是流動性)、改善塗布 厚度之均勻性或省液性。 亦即,含有氟系有機化合物之著色聚合性組成物,由於 可降低被塗布面與塗布液之間的表面張力,因此可改善對於 被塗布面之濕潤性(wettability)、提高對於被塗布面之塗布 -109- 200948906 性,在即使以少量液量形成約數Am的薄膜之情況下,也可 有效地形成厚度不均勻性小之均勻厚度的膜。 氟系有機化合物中之氟含率係較佳爲3至40質量%,更 佳爲5至30質量%,特佳爲7至25質量%。若氟含率爲在該 範圍內時,從塗布厚度均勻性或省液性的觀點來考慮,則係 有效,且對於組成物中之溶解性也是良好。 「氟系有機化合物」係包括:例如,MEGAFAC F171、 F1 72 > F173、F177、F141、F142、F143、F144、R30、F437 (以上是大日本油墨化學工業股份有限公司製造);FLUORAD FC43 0、FC43 1、FC 1 7 1 (以上是住友3 Μ股份有限公司( Sumitomo 3 M Limited )製造);SURFLON S-3 82、SC-1 0 1、 SC-103 、 SC-104 、 SC-105 、 SC1068 、 SC-381 、 SC-383 、 S393 、KH-40 (以上是旭硝子股份有限公司(Asahi Glass Co.,Ltd. )製造)等。 特別是在使用本發明之著色聚合性組成物來形成薄的塗 布膜時,則氟系有機化合物係可有效地防止塗布不均勻或厚 度不均勻。此外,更進一步當施用本發明之著色聚合性組成 物於容易發生斷液之狹縫式塗布時,也是有效。 氟系有機化合物之添加量係相對於著色聚合性組成物的 總重量較佳爲0.001至2_0質量%,更佳爲0.005至1.0質量% 〇 (熱聚合引發劑) 在本發明之著色聚合性組成物中含有熱聚合引發劑之措 施也是有效。 , 「熱聚合引發劑」係包括:例如,各種之偶氮系化合物 200948906 、過氧化物系化合物。 該「偶氮系化合物」係包括:偶氮雙系化合物;該「過 氧化物系化合物」係包括:過氧化酮、過氧基縮酮、過氧化 氫、二烷基過氧化物、二醯基過氧化物、過氧基酯、過氧基 二碳酸酯等。 (界面活性劑) 在本發明之著色聚合性組成物中,從改良塗布性的觀點 來考慮,則也可添加各種界面活性劑。界面活性劑係除了如 © 前所述之氟系界面活性劑以外,也可使用非離子系、陽離子 系、陰離子系之各種界面活性劑。 其中,氟系界面活性劑係較佳爲具有全氟烷基之如前所 述之非離子系界面活性劑、或非離子系界面活性劑。 氟系界面活性劑的具體實例係包括:大日本油墨化學工 業股份有限公司製造之MEG AFACE (註冊商標)系列、住友 3M股份有限公司製造之FLUORAD (註冊商標)系列等。 此外,陽離子系界面活性劑之具體的實例係包括:酞青 ¥ 素衍生物(市售商品EFKA-745 (森下產業公司(EFKA Additives, Inc.)製造));有機砂氧院局分子(Organo Siloxane Polymer ) KP341 (信越化學工業股份有限公司(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd·)製造);(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合 物POL YFLOW No· 75、No. 90、No. 95 (共榮社化學工業股 份有限公司(Kyoeisha Chemical Co.,Ltd·)製造);W001 ( 裕商股份有限公司(BodoM6llerChemieGmbH)製造)等。 非離子系界面活性劑之具體的實例係包括:聚氧化乙烯 月桂基醚、聚氧化乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧化乙烯油基醚、聚氧 -111- 200948906 化乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧化乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚二月桂酸乙 二醇酯、聚二硬脂酸乙二醇酯、脫水_梨醇脂肪酸酯;BASF 公司(BASF Corporation)製造之 PLURONIC L1 0、L3 1、L61 、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2,TETRONIC 304、701、704、901 、904、150R1 等。 除此之外,陰離子系界面活性劑之具體的實例係包括: W004、W00 5、W017(裕商股份有限公司製造)等。 (其他添加劑) 除了如上所述以外,本發明之著色聚合性組成物係可添 加各種添加物。 添加物的具體實例係包括:玻璃、氧化鋁等之塡充劑; 伊康酸共聚合物、巴豆酸共聚合物、順丁烯二酸共聚合物、 部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚合物、酸性纖維素衍生物、具有羥 基之高分子加成酸酐所獲得者、醇可溶性尼龍、由雙酚A與 表氯醇所形成的苯氧基樹脂等之鹼可溶性樹脂;EFKA-46、 EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、EFKA Polymer 100、EFKA Polymer 400 、EFKA Polymer 401、EFKA Polymer 450 (以上是森下產業 公司製造)等之「高分子分散劑」;SOLSPERSE 3000、5000 、9000、12000、1 3240 > 1 3940、17000 ' 24000 ' 26000 ' 28000 等之各種SOLSPERSE分散劑(The Lubrizol股份有限公司) ;Adekapluronic L3 1、F38、L42、L44、L61、L64、F68、L72 、P95 、 F77 、 P84 、 F87 、 P94 、 L101 、 P103 、 F108 、 L121 、 P-1 23 (旭電化工業股份有限公司(Adeka Corporation)製造 );及IONET S-20 (三洋化成工業股份有限公司(Sanyo Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.)製造);2- ( 3 -三級-丁基- 5- -112- 200948906 甲基-2-羥基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、烷氧基二苯甲酮等之紫外 線吸收劑;及聚丙烯酸鈉等之抗凝集劑等。 此外,在欲促進未硬化部之鹼溶解性、更進一步地提高 著色聚合性組成物之顯影性之情況時,則較佳爲在本發明之 著色聚合性組成物中添加有機羧酸,較佳爲分子量爲1,000 以下之低分子量有機羧酸。 具體言之,例如,蟻酸(甲酸)、醋酸(乙酸)、丙酸 、酪酸(丁酸)、纈草酸(戊酸)、三甲基乙酸、己酸、二 ® 乙基醋酸、庚酸、辛酸等之脂肪族一元羧酸:草酸(乙二酸 )、丙二酸、琥珀酸(丁二酸)、戊二酸、己二酸、庚二酸 、辛二酸、壬二酸、泌脂酸(癸二酸)、巴西二酸(十三烷 二酸)、甲基丙二酸、乙基丙二酸'二甲基丙二酸、甲基琥 珀酸、四甲基琥珀酸、檸康酸等之脂肪族二元羧酸;1,2,3-丙 三甲酸、烏頭酸、降莰三酸等之「脂肪族三元羧酸」:安息 香酸(苯甲酸)、鄰甲苯甲酸、枯茗酸(對異丙基苯甲酸) 、2,3-二甲基苯甲酸、3,5-二甲基苯甲酸等之「芳香族一元羧 V 酸」;鄰苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、偏苯三酸( 1,2,4-苯三甲酸)、均苯三甲酸(1,3,5-苯三甲酸)、偏苯四 甲酸(1,2,3,5-苯四甲酸)、焦蜜石酸(1,2,4,5-苯四甲酸)等 之「芳香族多元羧酸」:苯基醋酸、氫阿托酸、氫桂皮酸、 苦杏仁酸(苯乙醇酸)、苯基琥珀酸、阿托酸、桂皮酸、桂 皮酸甲酯、桂皮酸苯甲酯、亞桂皮基醋酸、香豆酸、繳形酸 等之羧酸。 除此之外,在本發明之著色聚合性組成物中,也可添加 熱聚合抑制劑 -113- 200948906 熱聚合抑制劑係可使用:例如,氫醌(hydroquinone)、 對·甲氧基苯酚、二-三級-丁基-對-甲酚、五倍子酚、三級-丁 基兒茶酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫基雙(3-甲基-6-三級-丁基苯酚)、 2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級-丁基苯酚)、2-氫硫基苯并咪 唑等。 本發明之著色聚合性組成物係藉由對於如前已述之本發 明之顏料分散組成物添加入光聚合性化合物、及光聚合引發 劑、進一步視需要之鹼可溶性樹脂或溶劑、界面活性劑等之 添加劑所調製得。 〇 本發明之著色聚合性組成物,由於含有本發明之顏料分 散組成物,所包含作爲著色劑的顏料係具有優越的分散穩定 性。此外,藉由使用本發明之著色聚合性組成物所製得之著 色皮膜,由於色材係受到均勻且穩定的分散,因此對比高且 具有優越的表面之平滑性。 因此,本發明之著色聚合性組成物係較佳爲用於形成彩 色濾光片之著色區域。 <彩色濾光片、及其之製法> © 本發明之彩色濾光片之特徵爲:其係在基板上具有使用 如前所述之本發明之著色聚合性組成物所構成之著色圖案。 在下文中,則對於本發明之彩色濾光片、使用它之製法(本 發明之彩色濾光片之製法)詳細地加以說明。 本發明之彩色濾光片之製法之特徵爲:其係在基板上以 塗布形成本發明之著色聚合性組成物之膜,且較佳爲依序實 施預烘烤、其次曝光、及顯影。 藉由此等方法,則可在製程上之困難性少、以高品質且 -114- 200948906 低成本下製造可使用於液晶顯示元件或固態攝像元件之彩色 濾光片。 在下文中,則關於各步驟詳細地加以說明》 〔塗布〕 在本發明中,在製造彩色濾光片時,則以塗布形成著色 聚合性組成物之膜。塗布方法係可使用旋轉式、狹縫和旋轉 式、狹縫式等之習知的方法,但是從生產性的觀點來考慮, 則較佳爲使用狹縫式塗布。 Ο 可使用於本發明之彩色濾光片之基板係包括:例如,使 用於液晶顯示元件等之無鹼玻璃、鈉鈣玻璃、派瑞克斯( PYREX)(註冊商標)玻璃、石英玻璃、及將透明導電膜附 著於此等所獲得者,或使用於固態攝像元件等之光電轉換元 件基板,例如矽基板、或塑膠基板。 在此等基板上,也可形成用於隔離各畫素之黑色矩陣、 或設置爲促進密著等之透明樹脂層。 此外,塑膠基板係較佳爲在其之表面具有氣體阻障層( 〇In the sensitizing dye as described above, it is preferably a compound represented by the formula (XVIII) as shown in the above, from the viewpoint of deep curing property. With regard to the sensitizing dye as described above, various chemical modifications described below can be carried out for the purpose of improving the properties of the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention. For example, a sensitizing dye and an addition polymerizable compound structure (for example, an acrylonitrile group or a methacryl oxime group) are bonded by a covalent bond, an ionic bond, a hydrogen bond or the like, whereby cross-linking hardening can be obtained. The film is made to have high strength, or to enhance the unnecessary precipitation effect of the pigment from the crosslinked cured film. The content of the sensitizing dye is preferably from 〇1 to 20% by mass, more preferably from 0_01 to 10% by mass, still more preferably from 0.1 to 5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored polymerizable composition. If the content of the sensitizing dye is in this range, the exposure wavelength for the ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp can be obtained with high sensitivity, and the curability of lower layer portion can be obtained while developing margin (development margin) ), pattern formation is also preferred. -107-200948906 (Epoxy Resin) The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention can use an epoxy resin as a thermal polymerization component in order to increase the strength of the formed coating film. The epoxy resin is a compound having two or more epoxy rings in the molecule, such as a bisphenol A type, a cresol novolak type, a biphenyl type, or an alicyclic epoxy compound. For example, the bisphenol A type includes: EPOTOHTOYD-U5, YD-118T, YD-127, YD-128, YD-134, YD-8125, YD-7011R, ZX-1059, YDF-8 170, YDF-170, etc. (The above is Dongdu Huacheng Co., Ltd. ( Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.): DENACOL EX-1101, EX-1102, EX-1103, etc. (The above is manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation); PLACCEL GL-61, GL-62 , G101, G102 (The above is manufactured by DAICEL Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): In addition to this, other include: bisphenol F. type and bisphenol S type similar to these. Further, an epoxy acrylate such as Ebecryl 3700, 3 70 1, 600 (the above is manufactured by DAICEL-UCB Co., Ltd.) can also be used. The cresol novolac type includes: EPOTOHTO YDPN-63 8, YDPN-701, YDPN-702, YDPN-703, YDPN-704, etc. (The above is manufactured by Dongdu Chemical Co., Ltd.); DENACOL EM-125, etc. Made by Suihua Cheng Industrial Co., Ltd.). The biphenyl type includes 3,5,3',5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diglycidylbiphenyl and the like. The alicyclic epoxy compounds include: CELLOXIDE 2021, 208 1, 2 0 8 3, 2 0 8 5, EP OLE AD GT-3 0 1 , GT-302, GT-401, GT-403, EHPE-3150 ( The above is manufactured by DAICEL Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); SUNTOHTO ST-3000, ST-4000, ST-5080, ST-5100, etc. (The above is manufactured by Dongdu Chemical Co., Ltd. 200948906); Epiclon 430, 673, 695, 850S, 4032 (The above is manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc.). In addition, 1,1,2,2-indole (p-glycidoxyphenyl)ethane, ginseng (p-glycidoxyphenyl)methane, triglycidyl isocyanurate can also be used. Para-hydroxyethyl ester, diglycidyl phthalate, diglycidyl terephthalate; EPOTOHTO YH-434, YH-434L of amine epoxy resin; bisphenol A epoxy A glycidyl ester modified by introducing a dimer acid into the skeleton of the resin. Among these, it is preferred that the "molecular weight/number of epoxy groups" is 1 Å or more, and more preferably 130 to 500. When the "molecular weight/number of epoxy groups" is small, the hardenability is high, and the shrinkage at the time of curing is large. When the temperature is too large, there is a concern that the curability is insufficient, the reliability is poor, and the flatness is deteriorated. Specific preferred compounds include: EPOTOHTO YD-1 15, 118T, 127, YDF-170, YDPN-63 8, YDPN-701; PLACCEL GL-61, GL-62; 3, 5, 3', 5'- Tetramethyl-4,4'-diglycidylbiphenyl; CELLOXIDE 2021, 2081, EPOLEAD GT-302, GT-403, EHPE-3 1 50, and the like. (Fluorine-based organic compound) The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention contains a fluorine-based organic compound to improve liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when it is used as a coating liquid, and to improve uniformity of coating thickness or liquid-saving property. In other words, the colored polymerizable composition containing a fluorine-based organic compound can reduce the surface tension between the surface to be coated and the coating liquid, thereby improving the wettability to the coated surface and improving the coated surface. In the case of forming a film of about Am in a small amount of liquid, it is possible to form a film having a uniform thickness having a small thickness unevenness. The fluorine content in the fluorine-based organic compound is preferably from 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 30% by mass, particularly preferably from 7 to 25% by mass. When the fluorine content is in this range, it is effective from the viewpoint of coating thickness uniformity or liquid-saving property, and is also excellent in solubility in the composition. "Fluorine-based organic compounds" include, for example, MEGAFAC F171, F1 72 > F173, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437 (above is manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); FLUORAD FC43 0 , FC43 1, FC 1 7 1 (above is Sumitomo 3 M Limited); SURFLON S-3 82, SC-1 0 1, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, KH-40 (above is manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.). In particular, when a colored coating composition of the present invention is used to form a thin coating film, the fluorine-based organic compound can effectively prevent uneven coating or uneven thickness. Further, it is also effective to apply the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention to the slit coating which is liable to cause liquid breakage. The amount of the fluorine-based organic compound added is preferably 0.001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass based on the total weight of the coloring polymerizable composition. 热 (Thermal polymerization initiator) The coloring polymerizable composition of the present invention The measures containing the thermal polymerization initiator are also effective. The "thermal polymerization initiator" includes, for example, various azo compounds 200948906 and a peroxide compound. The "azo compound" includes an azobis compound; the "peroxide compound" includes: a ketone peroxide, a peroxyketal, a hydrogen peroxide, a dialkyl peroxide, and a dioxane. A base peroxide, a peroxy ester, a peroxydicarbonate, and the like. (Interacting Agent) In the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, various surfactants may be added from the viewpoint of improving coatability. The surfactant may be a non-ionic, cationic or anionic surfactant other than the fluorine-based surfactant as described above. Among them, the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably a nonionic surfactant or a nonionic surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group as described above. Specific examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include the MEG AFACE (registered trademark) series manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and the FLUORAD (registered trademark) series manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd., and the like. Further, specific examples of the cationic surfactant include: indigo derivatives (commercially available EFKA-745 (manufactured by EFKA Additives, Inc.)); organic sand oxides (Organo) Siloxane Polymer ) KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.); (meth)acrylic (co)polymer POL YFLOW No. 75, No. 90, No. 95 ( Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.; W001 (manufactured by Bodo M6ller Chemie GmbH). Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include: polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxy-111-200948906 ethylene octyl phenyl ether, poly Ethylene oxide nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene dilaurate, ethylene glycol distearate, dehydrated sorbitol fatty acid ester; PLURONIC L1 0, L3 1, manufactured by BASF Corporation L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, TETRONIC 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1, and the like. In addition, specific examples of the anionic surfactant include: W004, W00 5, W017 (manufactured by Yushang Co., Ltd.) and the like. (Other Additives) In addition to the above, the coloring polymerizable composition of the present invention may be added with various additives. Specific examples of the additive include: a filler of glass, alumina, etc.; an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, a partially esterified maleic acid copolymerization An alkali-soluble resin such as a substance, an acidic cellulose derivative, a polymer addition anhydride having a hydroxyl group, an alcohol-soluble nylon, a phenoxy resin formed of bisphenol A and epichlorohydrin; EFKA-46, EFKA -47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA Polymer 100, EFKA Polymer 400, EFKA Polymer 401, EFKA Polymer 450 (above is manufactured by Morishita Industrial Co., Ltd.) and other "polymer dispersants"; SOLSPERSE 3000, 5000, 9000, 12000, 1 3240 > 1 3940, 17000 ' 24000 ' 26000 ' 28000 and other various SOLSPERSE dispersants (The Lubrizol Co., Ltd.); Adekapluronic L3 1, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-1 23 (manufactured by Adeka Corporation); and IONET S-20 (Sanyo Chemical Industrie) s Co., Ltd.)); 2-( 3 -tris-butyl-5-112-200948906 methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, alkoxydiphenyl An ultraviolet absorber such as ketone or the like; and an anti-aggregating agent such as sodium polyacrylate. Further, when it is desired to promote the alkali solubility of the uncured portion and to further improve the developability of the coloring polymerizable composition, it is preferred to add an organic carboxylic acid to the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention. It is a low molecular weight organic carboxylic acid having a molecular weight of 1,000 or less. Specifically, for example, formic acid (formic acid), acetic acid (acetic acid), propionic acid, butyric acid (butyric acid), shikimic acid (valeric acid), trimethylacetic acid, caproic acid, di-ethyl acetate, heptanoic acid, caprylic acid Aliphatic monocarboxylic acids: oxalic acid (oxalic acid), malonic acid, succinic acid (succinic acid), glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, lipoic acid (sebacic acid), barium diacid (tridecanedioic acid), methylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid 'dimethylmalonic acid, methyl succinic acid, tetramethyl succinic acid, citraconic acid An aliphatic dicarboxylic acid; an aliphatic tricarboxylic acid such as 1,2,3-propanetricarboxylic acid, aconitic acid or oxalic acid: benzoic acid (benzoic acid), o-toluic acid, and cumin "Aromatic monocarboxylic carboxylic acid" such as acid (p-isopropylbenzoic acid), 2,3-dimethylbenzoic acid or 3,5-dimethylbenzoic acid; phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, Terephthalic acid, trimellitic acid (1,2,4-benzenetricarboxylic acid), trimesic acid (1,3,5-benzenetricarboxylic acid), pyromellitic acid (1,2,3,5- Pyromellitic acid), pyromic acid (1, 2 "Aromatic polycarboxylic acid" such as 4,5-benzenetetracarboxylic acid): phenylacetic acid, hydrogen atoic acid, hydrogen cinnamic acid, mandelic acid (phenylglycolic acid), phenylsuccinic acid, atopic acid, A carboxylic acid such as cinnamic acid, methyl cinnamate, benzyl cinnamate, cinnaminoacetic acid, coumaric acid, and valeric acid. In addition, in the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, a thermal polymerization inhibitor-113-200948906 may be added, and a thermal polymerization inhibitor may be used, for example, hydroquinone or p-methoxyphenol. Di-tertiary-butyl-p-cresol, gallicol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tertiary-butylphenol ), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tertiary-butylphenol), 2-hydrothiobenzimidazole, and the like. The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention is characterized in that a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, a further alkali-soluble resin or a solvent, and a surfactant are added to the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention as described above. Etc.著 The colored polymerizable composition of the present invention contains the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, and the pigment contained as a colorant has excellent dispersion stability. Further, by using the colored film obtained by using the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, since the color material is uniformly and stably dispersed, the contrast is high and the surface smoothness is excellent. Therefore, the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention is preferably a colored region for forming a color filter. <Color filter, and method of producing the same> The color filter of the present invention is characterized in that it has a colored pattern formed on the substrate using the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention as described above. . Hereinafter, the color filter of the present invention and the method of producing the same (the method of producing the color filter of the present invention) will be described in detail. The color filter of the present invention is characterized in that it is coated on a substrate to form a film of the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention, and preferably prebaking, second exposure, and development are sequentially performed. By such a method, it is possible to manufacture a color filter which can be used for a liquid crystal display element or a solid-state image pickup element with less difficulty in the process and at a low cost with high quality and -114-200948906. Hereinafter, each step will be described in detail. [Coating] In the present invention, when a color filter is produced, a film of a colored polymerizable composition is applied by coating. As the coating method, a conventional method such as a rotary type, a slit, a rotary type, or a slit type can be used. However, from the viewpoint of productivity, slit coating is preferably used.基板 The substrate for use in the color filter of the present invention includes, for example, an alkali-free glass, a soda-lime glass, a PYREX (registered trademark) glass, a quartz glass, and the like for use in a liquid crystal display element or the like. A transparent conductive film is attached thereto or the like, or a photoelectric conversion element substrate such as a solid-state image sensor or the like, for example, a germanium substrate or a plastic substrate. On these substrates, a black matrix for isolating the respective pixels or a transparent resin layer provided to promote adhesion or the like may be formed. In addition, the plastic substrate preferably has a gas barrier layer on its surface (〇
Gas Barrier Layer)及/或耐溶劑性層。 除此以外,也可使用薄膜電晶體(TFT)方式彩色液晶顯 示裝置之經配置薄膜電晶體(TFT)之驅動用基板(在下文中 ,則稱爲「TFT方式液晶驅動用基板」。),而在該驅動用 基板上也形成由使用本發明之著色聚合性組成物所構成之著 色圖案來製造彩色濾光片。 「TFT方式液晶驅動用基板之基板」係包括:例如,玻 璃、聚矽氧、聚碳酸酯、聚酯、芳香族聚醯胺、聚醢胺基醯 亞胺、聚醯亞胺等。此等基板視需要也可預先施加使用矽烷 -115- 200948906 偶合劑等之化學藥品處理、電漿處理、離子電镀、濺鍍、氣 相反應法、真空蒸鍍等之適當的前處理》例如,可使用經在 TFT方式液晶驅動用基板之表面形成氮化矽膜等之表面鈍化 膜(passivation film)所獲得之基板。 在本發明中,將本發明之著色聚合性組成物塗布在基板 上之方法係較佳爲使用狹縫式塗布。該狹縫式塗布之條件, 雖然條件係視塗布基板之大小而不同,但是例如對於第五世 代玻璃基板(1,1〇〇 mm X 1,2 5 0 mm)施加塗布時,則來自狹 縫式噴嘴之著色聚合性組成物的吐出量係通常爲500至3,000 〇 微升/秒鐘,較佳爲800至2000微升/秒鐘,此外,塗布速度 係通常爲50至300 mm/秒鐘,較佳爲100至250 mm/秒鐘。 此外,可在該狹縫式塗布步驟使用之著色聚合性組成物 的固體成分係通常爲10至23%,較佳爲13至2 0% » 在基板上形成使用本發明之著色聚合性組成物之塗膜時 ,則該塗膜之厚度(預烘烤處理後)係通常爲0.3至5.0从m ,較佳爲〇_5至4.0# m,最佳爲0.5至3.0# m。 此外,若爲固態攝像元件用之彩色濾光片之情況時,則 © 塗膜之厚度(預烘烤處理後)較佳爲在0.5# m至5.0// m之 範圍。 〔預烘烤〕 藉由如前所述方式,較佳爲以塗布法在基板上形成本發 明之著色聚合性組成物之膜後,較佳爲實施預烘烤。 此外,視需要也可在預烘烤之前施加真空處理。 真空乾燥之條件係真空度通常爲0.1至1.0 torr ( 13至 133 Pa),較佳爲約 0.2 至 0.5 torr (27 至 67 Pa)。 -116- 200948906 此外,視需要而施加預烘烤處理時,則可使用熱板、烘 箱等,在50°C至140°C之溫度範圍,較佳爲在約7(TC至110 °C歷時10秒鐘至300秒鐘之條件進行。此外,預烘烤處理係 可倂用高頻處理等》高頻處理係也可單獨使用。 〔曝光〕 藉由如前所述所形成的膜係經乾燥後、或視需要而加以 預烘烤後,對於塗布膜則隔著特定的圖罩圖案來進行曝光。 曝光時所使用之放射線係特佳爲g-線、h-線、i-線、j-® 線等之紫外線。 此外,在製造液晶顯示裝置用之彩色濾光片時,則較佳 爲使用近接式曝光機(proximity light-exposure machine)、 鏡面投影式曝光機(mirror projection light-exposure machine ),且主要係使用h-線、i-線之曝光。 ' 此外,在製造固態攝像元件用之彩色濾光片時,則較佳 爲使用步進式曝光機(stepper light-exposure machine),且 主要係使用i-線。Gas Barrier Layer) and / or solvent resistant layer. In addition, a substrate for driving a thin film transistor (TFT) in which a thin film transistor (TFT) type color liquid crystal display device is disposed (hereinafter, referred to as a "TFT substrate for liquid crystal driving") may be used. A color filter formed by using the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention is also formed on the driving substrate to produce a color filter. The "substrate of the TFT-type liquid crystal driving substrate" includes, for example, glass, polyoxymethylene, polycarbonate, polyester, aromatic polyamide, polyamidolimine, polyimine, and the like. These substrates may be preliminarily subjected to appropriate pretreatment such as chemical treatment such as decane-115-200948906 coupling agent, plasma treatment, ion plating, sputtering, gas phase reaction method, vacuum vapor deposition, etc., for example. A substrate obtained by forming a surface passivation film such as a tantalum nitride film on the surface of the TFT liquid crystal driving substrate can be used. In the present invention, the method of applying the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention to a substrate is preferably a slit coating. The conditions of the slit coating are different depending on the size of the coated substrate, but for example, when the coating is applied to the fifth generation glass substrate (1,1 mm x 1,250 mm), the slit is applied. The discharge amount of the colored polymerizable composition of the nozzle is usually 500 to 3,000 μl/sec, preferably 800 to 2000 μl/sec, and in addition, the coating speed is usually 50 to 300 mm/sec. Preferably, it is from 100 to 250 mm/second. Further, the solid content of the colored polymerizable composition which can be used in the slit coating step is usually 10 to 23%, preferably 13 to 20%. » The colored polymerizable composition using the present invention is formed on a substrate. When the film is coated, the thickness of the coating film (after prebaking treatment) is usually from 0.3 to 5.0 from m, preferably from 〇5 to 4.0 #m, most preferably from 0.5 to 3.0 #m. Further, in the case of a color filter for a solid-state image sensor, the thickness of the coating film (after the prebaking treatment) is preferably in the range of 0.5 # m to 5.0 / / m. [Prebaking] It is preferred to carry out prebaking after forming the film of the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention on the substrate by a coating method as described above. Further, a vacuum treatment may be applied before the prebaking as needed. The vacuum drying condition is usually from 0.1 to 1.0 torr (13 to 133 Pa), preferably from about 0.2 to 0.5 torr (27 to 67 Pa). -116- 200948906 In addition, when pre-baking treatment is applied as needed, hot plates, ovens, etc. may be used, in the temperature range of 50 ° C to 140 ° C, preferably about 7 (TC to 110 ° C duration) The pre-baking treatment can be carried out under the conditions of a high-frequency treatment or the like. The high-frequency treatment system can also be used alone. [Exposure] By the film system formed as described above After drying or pre-baking as needed, the coating film is exposed through a specific pattern of the mask. The radiation system used for the exposure is particularly preferably a g-line, an h-line, an i-line, or the like. Ultraviolet light such as j-® wire. In addition, when manufacturing a color filter for a liquid crystal display device, it is preferable to use a proximity light-exposure machine or a mirror projection light-mirror projection light- Exposure machine ), and mainly using h-line, i-line exposure. ' In addition, in the manufacture of color filters for solid-state imaging devices, it is better to use a stepper light-exposure machine (stepper light-exposure machine ), and mainly use i-line.
A ¥ 此外,在使用TFT方式液晶驅動用基板來製造彩色濾光 片時,則可使用之光罩係除了用於形成畫素(著色圖案)所 需要之圖案以外,也可使用經設置用於形成貫通孔(through hole)或矩形型凹部(rectangular-shajied depression)之圖案 者。 〔顯影〕 在如上所述之曝光後,則進行顯影。藉由該顯影,使得 曝光後之塗布膜之未硬化部溶出於顯影液,以僅使硬化部分 殘留在基板上。 -117- 200948906 顯影溫度係通常爲20°C至30°C,顯影時間則爲20秒鐘 至90秒鐘。 顯影液係只要其爲在將本發明之著色聚合性組成物加以 曝光,並使曝光部聚合硬化後,能溶解在未硬化部之著色聚 合性組成物之塗膜,但是不會溶解硬化部者時,則可使用任 何一種。 具體言之,可使用經組合各種有機溶劑所獲得之顯影液 或鹸性之水溶液。 可使用於顯影液之有機溶劑係包括在調製本發明之著色 聚合性組成物時可使用之如前已述之溶劑。 此外,「鹼性之水溶液」係包括:例如,藉由將氫氧化 鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨 水、乙基胺、二乙基胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、 氫氧化四乙基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雙環-〔5.4.0 〕-7-十一烯等之性化合物」溶解成濃度爲0.001至10質 量%,較佳爲0.01至1質量%所獲得之鹸性水溶液。 鹸性水溶液係也可添加適量的例如甲醇、乙醇等之水溶 性有機溶劑或界面活性劑等。 顯影方式係可爲浸漬方式、噴淋方式、噴霧方式等中任 一者,也可與搖動方式、旋轉方式、超音波方式等組合倂用 。可在與顯影液接觸之前,預先以水等潤濕被顯影面,以防 止顯影不均勻。此外,也可將基板傾斜來加以顯影。 此外,在製造固態攝像元件用彩色濾光片時,也可使用 槳翼式顯影(paddle development)。 在顯影處理後,則在經由用於洗淨移除剩餘的顯影液之 200948906 洗條處理並加以乾燥後,爲了使得硬化完全而施加吾所欲之 加熱處理(後烘烤)。 雖然洗滌處理通常係以純水進行,但是爲了省液,可在 最終洗淨階段使用純水,而在洗淨初期階段則使用已使用過 的純水,此外,也可使用與將基板在傾斜下進行洗淨、或超 音波照射組合倂用之方法。 在洗滌處理、排水、乾燥後,通常係實施在約200 °C至 2 5 0°C之加熱處理。該後烘烤係爲使得硬化完全所採取之顯影 後的加熱,且較佳爲在200°C至250°C實施加熱(硬烘烤)。 該加熱處理(後烘烤)係將顯影後之塗膜以符合如上所 述條件之方式使用熱板或對流式烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機) 、高頻率加熱機等之加熱裝置,而以連續式或以批式實施。 在後烘烤之後,較佳爲在執行另一色之塗布前施加UV 洗淨。UV洗淨係可以玻璃基板洗淨機等(例如LC4000、曰 立電子工程股份有限公司(Hitachi Electronics Engineering Co.,Ltd.)製造)來實施,UV照射量係通常爲約100 rnJ/cm2 至1,000 mJ/cm2。藉由施加UV洗淨,則可移除顯影殘渣、或 提高另一色之圖案形成性。 依照順序進行如上所述之步驟,藉此則可製造本發明之 彩色濾光片。 此外,藉由將如上所述之步驟配合吾所欲之色相數而根 據各色(三色或四色)依照順序重複進行,則可製造形成經 著色複數色的硬化膜(著色圖案)所構成之彩色濾光片。 《實施例》 在下文中,則將以實施例更具體地說明本發明,但是本 -119- 200948906 發明在未脫離其之主旨範圍內並不受限於下列之實施例。此 外,除非另有說明外,「份」係代表「質量份」。 首先,對於在實施例及比較例中所使用的成分加以說明 <樹脂B之合成> 將7.5份之如前所述例示之單體M-11、3 1_25份之甲基 丙烯酸甲酯、11_25份之甲基丙烯酸、及167質量份之甲氧基 丙二醇導入經氮氣取代之三頸燒瓶中,以攪拌機(新東科學 股份有限公司(Shinto Scientific Co·, Ltd·): Three-One Motor )攪拌,一面將氮氣通入燒瓶內、一面加熱升溫至78°C。對 此加入〇.1份之二甲基-2,2’-偶氮雙(丙酸2-甲酯)(商品名 :V-601、和光純藥工業股份有限公司(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd·)製造),在78°C加熱攪拌2小時。2小時後 ,更進一步加入0.1份之V-601,並加熱攪拌3小時,以獲得 樹脂B之30%溶液。所獲得之樹脂B係在鹽磨時,用作爲在 顏料之乾燥步驟前所使用的樹脂。 <樹脂A之合成> 除了變更在如上所述樹脂B之合成中所使用之單體及其 之飼入量爲如表1所示之單體及飼入量以外,其餘則以相同 的方式合成樹脂A。所獲得之樹脂A係在鹽磨時,用作爲在 顏料之乾燥步驟前所使用的樹脂。 下表1係展示在合成樹脂A、B時所使用之單體及其之飼 入量,所合成得樹脂A、樹脂B之重量平均分子量及酸價。 在此,重量平均分子量係使用以下列條件之GPC (凝膠透層 析法)測定所獲得之値,且以聚苯乙烯換算所測得之値。 200948906 使用之管柱:TSKgel Multipore HXL-M(細孔多分散型 線型管柱):東曹達股份有限公司(TOSCH Corporation)製 造; 溶離液:THF ; 流量:l.Oml/min; 溫度:40°C ; 偵測條件:RI ; 系統:高速GPC裝置全套(東曹達股份有限公司製造之 ❹ HLC-8220 )。 此外,酸價係以下列方法所測定之値。 (酸價之測定方法) 以0.1 Ν· KOH乙醇溶液滴定所測得。溶液之酸價係根據 JIS K 0070: 1992年「化學製品之酸價、皂化價、酯價、碘 價、羥基價及不皂化物之試驗方法」準則之酸價測定方法, 而將一定量之樹脂溶解於醋酸1-甲氧基-2-丙酯,並以酚酞作 爲指示劑,以KOH/乙醇溶液滴定來進行測定。 鹽磨後 使用之樹脂 組成 (質量%) 重量平均分子量 酸價 (mgKOH/g) 樹脂A St/BzMA/MAA =22.5/50/22.5 12,000 150 樹脂B 單體 M-11/MMA/MAA =15/62.5/22.5 12,000 150 在如上表1中,單體Μ- 1 1係指作爲以如前所示之通式( 1)所代表之單體、順丁烯二醯亞胺、及順丁烯二醯亞胺衍生 物之較佳的具體實例所列舉之例示單體。此外,在表1中, 用於合成樹脂A的單體之詳細細節係如下所示: -121- 200948906In addition, when a color filter is manufactured using a TFT liquid crystal driving substrate, the photomask that can be used is used in addition to the pattern required for forming a pixel (colored pattern), and can also be used for setting. A pattern of a through hole or a rectangular-shajied depression is formed. [Development] After the exposure as described above, development is carried out. By this development, the uncured portion of the exposed coating film is dissolved in the developing solution to leave only the hardened portion on the substrate. -117- 200948906 The development temperature is usually 20 ° C to 30 ° C, and the development time is 20 seconds to 90 seconds. The developing solution is a coating film which can be dissolved in the uncured portion of the colored polymerizable composition after the coloring polymerizable composition of the present invention is exposed and the exposed portion is polymerized and cured, but the hardened portion is not dissolved. Any one can be used. Specifically, a developer or an aqueous solution obtained by combining various organic solvents can be used. The organic solvent to be used in the developer may be a solvent as described above which can be used in the preparation of the colored polymerizable composition of the present invention. Further, the "aqueous alkaline solution" includes, for example, by using sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate, aqueous ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine. , dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene The compound is dissolved in an aqueous solution obtained by a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. An appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant may be added to the aqueous alkaline solution. The development method may be any one of an immersion method, a shower method, a spray method, and the like, or may be combined with a shaking method, a rotation method, an ultrasonic method, or the like. The developed surface may be previously wetted with water or the like before contact with the developer to prevent uneven development. Alternatively, the substrate may be tilted for development. Further, in the production of a color filter for a solid-state image sensor, paddle development can also be used. After the development treatment, after the strip was treated and dried by the 200948906 strip for removing the remaining developer for washing, the heat treatment (post-baking) was applied in order to complete the hardening. Although the washing treatment is usually carried out in pure water, in order to save the liquid, pure water can be used in the final washing stage, and the used pure water is used in the initial stage of washing, and in addition, the substrate can be used at the inclination. The method of washing or supersonic irradiation is used. After the washing treatment, drainage, and drying, heat treatment at about 200 ° C to 250 ° C is usually carried out. The post-baking is heating after development which is made to complete the hardening, and heating (hard baking) is preferably carried out at 200 ° C to 250 ° C. The heat treatment (post-baking) is a method of using a hot plate or a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), a high frequency heating machine or the like in a manner consistent with the above conditions, in a continuous manner. Or in batch mode. After post-baking, it is preferred to apply UV cleaning prior to performing another color coating. The UV cleaning system can be carried out by a glass substrate cleaning machine or the like (for example, LC4000, manufactured by Hitachi Electronics Engineering Co., Ltd.), and the UV irradiation amount is usually about 100 rnJ/cm 2 to 1. , 000 mJ/cm2. By applying UV cleaning, the development residue can be removed, or the pattern formation property of another color can be improved. The steps as described above are carried out in order, whereby the color filter of the present invention can be produced. Further, by repeating the above-described steps in accordance with the desired number of hue and repeating the respective colors (three colors or four colors) in order, a cured film (colored pattern) forming a colored complex color can be produced. Color filter. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples, but the invention is not limited to the following examples without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. In addition, “parts” means “parts by mass” unless otherwise stated. First, the components used in the examples and comparative examples will be described. <Synthesis of Resin B> 7.5 parts of the monomer M-11 and 3 1-25 parts of methyl methacrylate exemplified as described above, 11_25 parts of methacrylic acid and 167 parts by mass of methoxypropanediol were introduced into a three-necked flask substituted with nitrogen to a stirrer (Shinto Scientific Co., Ltd.: Three-One Motor) After stirring, nitrogen gas was introduced into the flask while heating to a temperature of 78 °C. To this, 1 part of dimethyl-2,2'-azobis(2-methyl propionate) was added (trade name: V-601, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) ·))), heating and stirring at 78 ° C for 2 hours. After 2 hours, 0.1 part of V-601 was further added and stirred under heating for 3 hours to obtain a 30% solution of Resin B. The obtained resin B was used as a resin used before the drying step of the pigment during salt milling. <Synthesis of Resin A> Except that the monomer used in the synthesis of the resin B as described above and the amount of the feed thereof as shown in Table 1 were changed, the others were the same. Synthetic resin A. The obtained resin A was used as a resin used before the drying step of the pigment during salt milling. Table 1 below shows the monomers used in the synthesis of resins A and B and the amounts thereof, the weight average molecular weight of the synthesized resin A and resin B, and the acid value. Here, the weight average molecular weight is measured by GPC (gel permeation method) under the following conditions, and measured in terms of polystyrene. 200948906 Pipe string used: TSKgel Multipore HXL-M (fine pore polydisperse linear column): manufactured by TOSCH Corporation; Dissolved solution: THF; Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min; Temperature: 40° C; Detection conditions: RI; System: High-speed GPC device complete set (HLC-8220 manufactured by East Soda Co., Ltd.). Further, the acid value is determined by the following method. (Method for measuring acid value) Measured by titration with a 0.1 Ν·KOH ethanol solution. The acid value of the solution is determined according to the acid value determination method of JIS K 0070: 1992 "Test method for acid value, saponification price, ester price, iodine value, hydroxyl value and unsaponifiable matter of chemical products". The resin was dissolved in 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate and measured by titration with a KOH/ethanol solution using phenolphthalein as an indicator. Resin composition after salt milling (% by mass) Weight average molecular weight Acid value (mgKOH/g) Resin A St/BzMA/MAA = 22.5/50/22.5 12,000 150 Resin B Monomer M-11/MMA/MAA =15/ 62.5/22.5 12,000 150 In the above Table 1, the monomer Μ-1 1 is referred to as a monomer represented by the general formula (1) as shown above, maleimide, and cis-butene. Exemplary monomers exemplified by preferred specific examples of the quinone imine derivatives. Further, in Table 1, the details of the monomer used for the synthesis of Resin A are as follows: -121- 200948906
St: 苯乙烯St: Styrene
BzMA : 甲基丙烯酸苯甲醋 MAA: 甲基丙烯酸 MMA:甲基丙烯酸甲酯 其次’關於在實施例及比較例中調製顏料分散組成物時 所使用之各種分散劑說明如下。 •樹脂(1 ): * A A-6/單體M-11/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸= 55/10/2 0/15 (質量%)之共聚合物(重量平均分子量:20,000 ) (-AA-6:單末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚甲基丙烯酸甲 酯寡聚物(Μη = 600 0、東亞合成化學工業股份有限 公司製造)) •樹脂(2 ): 順丁烯二醯亞胺/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸= 2 0/6 5/15 (質 量%)之共聚合物(重量平均分子量:20,000 ) 此外’在鹽磨及調製顏料分散組成物所使用之「顔料衍 生物」之結構係如下所示: -122- 200948906BzMA: benzyl methacrylate methacrylate MAA: methacrylic acid MMA: methyl methacrylate Next, various dispersants used in preparing the pigment dispersion composition in the examples and the comparative examples are explained below. • Resin (1): * A A-6 / monomer M-11 / styrene / methacrylic acid = 55/10/2 0 / 15 (% by mass) of the copolymer (weight average molecular weight: 20,000) (- AA-6: Single-end methacryl oxime-based polymethyl methacrylate oligomer (Μη = 600 0, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.) • Resin (2): Maleimide /styrene/methacrylic acid = 2 0/6 5/15 (% by mass) of a copolymer (weight average molecular weight: 20,000) In addition, 'the pigment derivative' used in the salt milling and preparation of the pigment dispersion composition The structure is as follows: -122- 200948906
(顏料衍生物1)(Pigment Derivative 1)
(顏料衍生物3: (B成份))(Pigment Derivative 3: (B Ingredient))
123- 200948906 (顏料衍生物5)123- 200948906 (pigment derivative 5)
-(S03H)n n=1,2 (顏料衍生物6)-(S03H)n n=1,2 (pigment derivative 6)
°xV° 6 c|-Q-ci°xV° 6 c|-Q-ci
CI^CI 〔實施例1〕 (使用鹽磨的處理顔料之製法) 將50克之屬於在本發明中之(A)二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料 〇 之IRGAPHOR RED BT-CF (汽巴精化股份有限公司製造、顏 料紅254 ) 、500克之屬於水溶性無機鹽之氯化鈉(平均粒徑 爲10;zm)、及150克之屬於水溶性有機溶劑之二甘醇(東 京化成股份有限公司(Tokyo Chemical Co.,Ltd·)製造)飼 入不銹鋼製之1加侖捏合機(阱上製作所股份有限公司( INOUE MFG.,Inc.)製造),並在5 0°C下捏合10小時。 其次,對該混合物添加入25克之藉由如前所述合成所獲 得之樹脂A溶液(固體成分爲30質量% ),並加以混合,然 -124- 200948906 後將該混合物投入於約3公升熱水,一面加熱至約70°C、一 面以高速混合機攪拌約1小時,以成爲漿體狀。其之後,以 過濾、水洗移除氯化鈉及溶劑,然後在60°C之熱風烘箱中乾 燥約24小時,以獲得在表面之至少一部分附著樹脂A的經表 面處理之(A)二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料。 藉由透射型電子顯微鏡測定所獲得之處理顏料之粒徑結 果,平均一次粒徑爲30 run。粒子之測定値係使用以10萬倍 之倍率測定500個顏料之長徑與短徑之平均値時的平均値。 〇 〔實施例1〕 <顏料分散組成物之調製> 混合如下所述組成(1)之成分,使用均質機以3,000 r.p.rn. 之轉數攪拌混合1小時,以調製含有顏料之混合溶液》 〔組成(Ο 〕 • 以如上所述方法所獲得之經表面處理之二 86份 酮吡咯并吡略顔料〔(A)成分〕 •顏料衍生物(1)(如前所述之結構) 10份 ^ 顔料衍生物(3)〔如前所述之結構:(B 10份 )成分〕 〔相對於100份之(A)成分爲13.4份〕 • 顏料衍生物(4)〔如前所述之結構:(C 5份 )成分〕〕 〔相對於100份之(A)成分爲6.69份〕 • DiSperbyk-2001 ( BYK Chemie 公司製造) 33 份 • 樹脂(1 )之30%醋酸1-甲氧基-2-丙酯溶 50份 液 -125- 200948906 • 樹脂(2)之30%醋酸1-甲氧基-2-丙酯溶 50份 液 • 醋酸1·甲氧基-2-丙酯 767份 接著,將藉由如上所述所獲得之混合溶液以使用0.8 ιηιηφ 氧化鍩珠粒(Nikkato公司(Nikkato Corporation)製造)之 珠粒分散機(DISPERMAT、GETZMANN公司製造)施加20 分鐘之預分散。其之後,以使用0.10 ιηιηφ氧化锆珠粒(Nikkato 公司製造)之珠粒分散機ULTRA APEX MILL (壽工業股份有 限公司(Kotobuki Industries Co.,Ltd·)製造)施加2小時之 正式分散,以獲得實施例1之紅色顔料分散組成物。 〔顏料分散組成物之評估〕 將所獲得之顔料分散組成物之分散性、分散穩定性加以 評估。 對於所調製得之顏料分散組成物,使用E型黏度計測定 剛調製後之黏度7? 1 ( 25 °C )、及調製後經過一週後之黏度?? 2 ( 25°C ) 。7?1與τ?2係皆爲9cp,因此確認可顯示良好的 分散性及分散穩定性。 〔實施例2〕 <著色聚合性組成物之調製> 使用藉由如上所述實施例1所獲得之顔料分散組成物以 製造如下所述之組成(2)之著色聚合性組成物。 此外,紅色顏料分散組成物A及黃色顔料分散組成物A 係以如下所述方式進行調製。 (紅色顏料分散組成物A)CI^CI [Example 1] (Preparation method of treated pigment using salt mill) 50 g of IRGAPHOR RED BT-CF belonging to (A) diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment in the present invention (Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) The company manufactures, pigment red 254), 500 grams of sodium chloride which is a water-soluble inorganic salt (average particle size of 10; zm), and 150 grams of diethylene glycol which is a water-soluble organic solvent (Tokyo Chemical Co., Ltd. (Tokyo Chemical Co., Ltd.) Co., Ltd. (manufactured by Co., Ltd.) was fed into a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by INOUE MFG., Inc.) and kneaded at 50 ° C for 10 hours. Next, 25 g of the resin A solution (solid content: 30% by mass) obtained by the above-described synthesis was added to the mixture, and mixed, and the mixture was poured into about 3 liters of heat after -124 to 200948906. The water was heated to about 70 ° C while being stirred by a high speed mixer for about 1 hour to obtain a slurry. Thereafter, sodium chloride and a solvent were removed by filtration, washing with water, and then dried in a hot air oven at 60 ° C for about 24 hours to obtain a surface-treated (A) diketopyrrole to which at least a part of the surface was attached with Resin A. And pyrrole pigments. The particle size of the obtained treated pigment was measured by a transmission electron microscope, and the average primary particle diameter was 30 run. The measurement of the particles was carried out by measuring the average enthalpy of the average enthalpy of the long diameter and the short diameter of 500 pigments at a magnification of 100,000 times.实施 [Example 1] <Preparation of pigment dispersion composition> The components of the composition (1) were mixed and mixed with a homogenizer at a number of revolutions of 3,000 rprn. for 1 hour to prepare a mixed solution containing a pigment. [Composition (Ο) • Surface-treated two 86 parts of ketopyrrolopyridine pigment [(A) component] obtained by the method described above • Pigment derivative (1) (structure as described above) 10 Parts ^ Pigment Derivative (3) [Structure as described above: (B 10 parts)] [13.4 parts relative to 100 parts of (A) component] • Pigment derivative (4) [as described above Structure: (C 5 parts) Ingredients]] [6.69 parts relative to 100 parts of (A) component] • DiSperbyk-2001 (manufactured by BYK Chemie) 33 parts • Resin (1) 30% acetic acid 1-methoxy 2-propyl ester solution 50 parts liquid-125- 200948906 • Resin (2) 30% acetic acid 1-methoxy-2-propyl ester 50 parts solution • Acetic acid 1 · methoxy-2-propyl ester 767 parts Next, the mixed solution obtained as described above was used to use 0.8 ιηηηφ cerium oxide beads (manufactured by Nikkato Corporation). A bead disperser (manufactured by DISPERMAT, GETZMANN) was applied for 20 minutes of pre-dispersion. Thereafter, a bead disperser ULTRA APEX MILL (Kotobuki) using 0.10 ιηιηφ zirconia beads (manufactured by Nikkato Co., Ltd.) was used. (manufactured by Industries Co., Ltd.)) 2 hours of formal dispersion was applied to obtain a red pigment dispersion composition of Example 1. [Evaluation of Pigment Dispersion Composition] Dispersibility and dispersion stability of the obtained pigment dispersion composition For the prepared pigment dispersion composition, the viscosity of the freshly prepared viscosity was measured using an E-type viscometer 7? 1 (25 °C), and the viscosity after one week after preparation? 2 (25 ° C) Both the 7?1 and the τ?2 series were 9 cp, and therefore it was confirmed that good dispersibility and dispersion stability were exhibited. [Example 2] <Preparation of colored polymerizable composition> Using the examples as described above 1 obtained pigment dispersion composition to produce a colored polymerizable composition of the composition (2) as described below. Further, the red pigment dispersion composition A and the yellow pigment dispersion composition A are as The modulated manner. (A red pigment dispersion composition A)
在如上所述處理顏料之製法中,除了取代「IRGAPHOR -126- 200948906 RED BT-CF」,而使用「紅顏料(BASF公司製造之「 CROMOPHTAL Red A2B」:PR177)」以外,其餘則以與實 施例1相同的方式施加鹽磨,藉此則可獲得一次平均粒徑爲 28 nm之處理顏料。其之後,使用所獲得之處理顏料,並且除 了取代「顏料衍生物(1)」,而使用「顏料衍生物(5)」 以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式獲得紅色之顏料分散 組成物A。 此外,黃色顏料分散組成物A係以如下所述之方式調製 ❹ 〇 (黃色顏料分散組成物A) 在如上所述處理顏料之製法中,除了取代「IRGAPHOR REDBT-CF」,而使用「黃顔料(Lanxess Corporation製造之 「E4GN-GT: P.Y.150」)」以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同 的方式施加鹽磨,藉此則可獲得一次平均粒徑爲30 run之處 理顏料。其之後,使用所獲得之處理顏料,並且除了取代r Θ 顔料衍生物(1)」,而使用「顏料衍生物(6)」以外,其 餘則以與實施例1相同的方式獲得黃色顏料分散組成物A。 〔組成(2)〕 • 以實施例1所獲得之紅色顏料分散組成物 800份 • 如上所述紅色顏料分散組成物A 800份 • 如上所述黃色顔料分散組成物A 400份 • 五-六丙烯酸二新戊四醇酯(光聚合性化 80份 合物) • 4-〔鄰-溴-對-N,N-二(乙氧基羰基)胺基 30份 苯基〕-2,6-二(三氯甲基)-3-三氮哄(光 -127- 200948906 聚合引發劑) • 甲基丙烯酸苯甲酯/甲基丙烯酸(=70/30 300份 〔質量比〕)共聚合物(重量平均分子量 :1〇,〇〇〇)之醋酸丙二醇一甲基醚酯溶液 (固體成分30%)(鹼可溶性樹脂) • 醋酸1-甲氧基-2-丙酯(溶劑) 590份 • 3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯(溶劑) 400份In addition to "IRGAPHOR -126- 200948906 RED BT-CF", "Red pigment ("CROMOPHTAL Red A2B" manufactured by BASF: PR177)" is used in addition to "IRGAPHOR-126-200948906 RED BT-CF". In the same manner as in Example 1, a salt mill was applied, whereby a treated pigment having an average particle diameter of 28 nm was obtained. After that, the obtained pigment was obtained, and the red pigment dispersion composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the "pigment derivative (1)" was used instead of the "pigment derivative (1)". A. Further, the yellow pigment dispersion composition A is prepared by dissolving ❹ 〇 (yellow pigment dispersion composition A) as described below. In the method of treating the pigment as described above, in place of "IRGAPHOR REDBT-CF", "yellow pigment" is used. Other than the "E4GN-GT: PY150" manufactured by Lanxess Corporation, a salt mill was applied in the same manner as in Example 1, whereby a treated pigment having an average particle diameter of 30 run was obtained. After that, the obtained pigment was obtained, and the pigment dispersion (yield (6) was used instead of the r Θ pigment derivative (1)", and the yellow pigment dispersion composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. A. [Composition (2)] • Red pigment dispersion composition obtained in Example 1 800 parts • Red pigment dispersion composition A 800 parts as described above • Yellow pigment dispersion composition A 400 parts as described above • Five-hexaacrylic acid Dipentaerythritol ester (photopolymerizable 80 part) • 4-[o-bromo-p-N,N-bis(ethoxycarbonyl)amine 30 parts phenyl]-2,6-di (Trichloromethyl)-3-triazaindene (light-127-200948906 polymerization initiator) • Benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid (=70/30 300 parts by mass) copolymer (weight Average molecular weight: 1 〇, 〇〇〇) propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution (solid content 30%) (alkali soluble resin) • 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate (solvent) 590 parts • 3- Ethyl ethoxy propionate (solvent) 400 parts
在此,五-六丙烯酸二新戊四醇酯係代表KAY ARAD DPHA (日本化藥股份有限公司(Nippon Kayaku Co·,Ltd.) )0 <使用著色聚合性組成物的彩色濾光片之製造> 將所獲得之著色聚合性組成物(彩色光阻液)塗布在 100mm X 100mm之玻璃基板(1737、康寧公司(Corning Incorporated)製造)上,使得作爲色濃度之指標(index of color concentration)的x値爲0.650,並在90°C之烘箱中乾燥歷時 60秒鐘(預烘烤)。其之後,將塗膜之全面以200 mJ/crn2 ( 照度20 mW/cm2)加以曝光後,以鹼顯影液CDK-1 (富士電 子材料股份有限公司(FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.)製造)之1%水溶液覆蓋曝光後之塗膜,並讓其靜置60 秒鐘。靜置後,以噴淋狀噴灑純水以洗除顯影液。然後,將 經如上所述之光硬化處理及顯影處理之塗膜在220°C之烘箱 中加熱處理歷時30分鐘(後烘烤),以在玻璃基板上形成構 成彩色濾光片用之著色皮膜,以製得配備單色的著色區域之 著色濾光片基板(彩色濾光片)。 對於所製得之基板,更進一步地以玻璃基板洗淨機( -128- 200948906 LC4000、日立電子工程股份有限公司製造)加以UV洗淨( 在20 mW/cm2且爲500 mJ/cm2)後,再度實施預烘烤、顯影 、後烘烤。其之後,更進一步實施該UV洗淨、預烘烤、顯影 、後烘烤,藉此則可獲得評估用之著色濾光片基板(彩色濾 光片)。 對於藉由如上所述所調製得之著色聚合性組成物(彩色 光阻液)、及由該著色聚合性組成物所製得之評估用著色濾 光片基板(彩色濾光片),以如下所述之方式進行評估。結 〇 果如表2所示。 一 1.黏度之測定_ 對於所調製得之著色聚合性組成物(彩色光阻液),使 用E型黏度計來測定剛調製後之黏度7? 1 ( 25°C )、及調製後 經過一週後之黏度V 2 ( 25°C )。 一 2.對比之測定•評估- 以如下所述之方式測定所製得之評估用著色濾光片基板 (彩色濾光片)之對比。 ® 亦即,將評估用著色濾光片基板放置於兩片偏光板之間 ,然後使用 TOPCON 公司(TOPCON Corporation)製造之 BM-5 來測定偏光軸爲平行時的亮度與正交時的亮度,而以平行時 的亮度除以正交時的亮度所獲得之値(=平行時的亮度/正交 時的亮度)作爲用於評估對比之指標》(該評估法係參考「 M90年第七次色彩光學會議(The Seventh Colorific Optics Conference) 、512 色顯示、10.4 英寸大小之「TFT-LCD (薄 膜電晶體-液晶顯示裝置)用彩色濾光片」,植木(Ueki)、 小關(Ozeki)、福永(Fukunaga )及 B山中(Yamanaka)等人 -129- 200948906 所發表」)。 - 3 .表面粗糙度之測定- 對於所製得之評估用著色濾光片基板(彩色濾光片), 使用原子間力顯微鏡(AFM: Atomic Force Microscope)( NanoScope Ilia、Nano World 公司(Nano World)製造)來測 定著色皮膜表面之表面粗糙度。 〔實施例3〕 在實施例1中,除了在鹽磨時,更進一步添加0.8克之 顔料衍生物(1 )以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式實施 Ο 鹽磨,藉此則可獲得處理顏料。所獲得之處理顔料之平均一 次粒徑爲26 nm。其之後,使用所獲得之處理顔料,並以與實 施例1相同的方式獲得紅色之顏料分散組成物。並且,以與 實施例2相同的方式獲得紅色之著色聚合性組成物後,以與 實施例2相同的方式進行評估。結果如表2所示。 〔實施例4〕 在實施例1中,除了在鹽磨時,更進一步添加0.9克之 顏料衍生物(2 )以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式實施 〇 鹽磨,藉此則可獲得處理顏料。所獲得之處理顏料之平均一 次粒徑爲23 nm。其之後,使用所獲得之處理顏料,並以與實 施例1相同的方式獲得紅色之顏料分散組成物。並且,以與 實施例2相同的方式獲得紅色之著色聚合性組成物後,以與 實施例2相同的方式進行評估。結果如表2所示。 〔實施例5〕 在實施例1中,除了在鹽磨時,更進一步添加0.9克之 顏料衍生物(2 )以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式實施 -130- 200948906 鹽磨,此外’除了在捏合後取代「樹脂A溶液(固體成分爲 30質量%)」’而使用在如前所述合成例所獲得之「樹脂b 溶液(固體成分爲3 0質量% )」以外,其餘則以與實施例1 相同的方式獲得處理顏料。所獲得之處理顏料之平均一次粒 徑爲23 nm。其之後’使用所獲得之處理顏料,並以與實施例 1相同的方式獲得紅色之顏料分散組成物。並且,以與實施例 2相同的方式獲得紅色之著色聚合性組成物後,以與實施例2 相同的方式進行評估。結果如表2所示。 〔實施例6〕 在實施例1中,除了在鹽磨時,更進一步添加0.9克之 顏料衍生物(2)以外’其餘則以與實施例丨相同的方式實施 鹽磨,此外,除了在捏合後取代「樹脂A溶液(固體成分爲 3〇質量%)」’而使用「樹脂B溶液(固體成分爲30質量% )」以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式獲得處理顔料。 所獲得之處理顔料之平均一次粒徑爲23 nm。其之後,使用所 獲得之處理顔料,且除了取代「10份之顏料衍生物(1)」, 而使用「1 〇份之顏料衍生物(2 )」以外,其餘則以與實施例 2相同的方式獲得紅色之顔料分散組成物。並且,以與實施例 1相同的方式獲得紅色之著色聚合性組成物後,以與實施例2 相同的方式進行評估。結果如表2所示》 〔實施例7〕 在實施例1中,除了在鹽磨時,更進一步添加〇.9克之 顏料衍生物(2 )以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式實施 鹽磨’此外,除了在捏合後取代「樹脂A溶液(固體成分爲 3〇質量%)」’而使用「樹脂b溶液(固體成分爲30質量% -131- 200948906 )」以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式獲得處理顏料。 所獲得之處理顏料之平均一次粒徑爲23 nm»其之後,使用所 獲得之處理顔料,且取代「10份之顏料衍生物(1) 、1〇份 之顔料衍生物(3)、5份之顏料衍生物(4)」,而使用「11 份之顏料衍生物(2) 、7份之顔料衍生物(3) 、7份之顏料 衍生物(4)」以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式獲得紅 色之顏料分散組成物。並且,以與實施例2相同的方式獲得 紅色之著色聚合性組成物後,以與實施例2相同的方式進行 評估。結果如表2所示。 〔比較例1〕 以與實施例1相同的方式實施鹽磨,藉此則可獲得處理 顏料。所獲得之處理顏料之平均一次粒徑爲30 urn。其之後, 使用所獲得之處理顔料,且除了取代「86份之藉由如上所述 方法所獲得之處理顏料」,而使用「103份之藉由如上所述方 法所獲得之處理顏料」,同時不使用「顔料衍生物(3)」及 「顔料衍生物(4)」以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式 獲得紅色之顏料分散組成物。並且,以與實施例2相同的方 式獲得紅色之著色聚合性組成物後,以與實施例2相同的方 式進行評估。結果如表2所示。 〔比較例2〕 在實施例1中,除了在鹽磨時,更進一步添加0.8克之 顔料衍生物(1 )以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式實施 鹽磨,藉此則可獲得處理顏料。所獲得之處理顏料之平均一 次粒徑爲26 nm。其之後,使用所獲得之處理顏料,且除了取 代「86份之藉由如上所述方法所獲得之處理顔料」,而使用 -132- 200948906 「1〇3份之藉由如上所述方法所獲得之處理顏料」,同時不使 用「顏料衍生物(3)」及「顏料衍生物(4)」以外,其餘 則以與實施例1相同的方式獲得紅色之顏料分散組成物。並 且’以與實施例2相同的方式獲得紅色之著色聚合性組成物 後’以與實施例2相同的方式進行評估。結果如表2所示。 〔比較例3〕 在實施例1中,除了在鹽磨時,更進一步添加〇.8克之 顔料衍生物(1)以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式實施 鹽磨’藉此則可獲得處理顏料。所獲得之處理顏料之平均— 次粒徑爲26 run。其之後,使用所獲得之處理顏料,且除了取 代「10份之顏料衍生物(3) 、5份之顏料衍生物(4)」, 而使用「15份之顏料衍生物(3)」以外,其餘則以與實施例 1相同的方式獲得紅色之顏料分散組成物。並且,以與實施例 2相同的方式獲得紅色之著色聚合性組成物後,以與實施例2 相同的方式進行評估。結果如表2所示。 〔比較例4〕 在實施例1中,除了在鹽磨時,更進一步添加0.8克之 顏料衍生物(1 )以外’其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式實施 鹽磨,藉此則可獲得處理顏料。所獲得之處理顏料之平均一 次粒徑爲26 nm。其之後,使用所獲得之處理顏料,且除了取 代「10份之顏料衍生物(3) 、5份之顏料衍生物(4)」, 而使用「15份之顏料衍生物(4)」以外,其餘則以與實施例 1相同的方式獲得紅色之顏料分散組成物。並且,以與實施例 2相同的方式獲得紅色之著色聚合性組成物後,以與實施例2 相同的方式進行評估。結果如表2所示。 -133- 200948906 , 〔比較例5〕 在實施例1中,除了在鹽磨時,更進一步添加1克之顏 料衍生物(4 )以外,其餘則以與實施例1相同的方式實施鹽 磨,藉此則可獲得處理顏料。所獲得之處理顏料之平均一次 粒徑爲24 nm。其之後,使用所獲得之處理顏料,且除了取代 「86份之藉由如上所述方法所獲得之處理顏料」,而使用「 103份之藉由如上所述方法所獲得之處理顏料」,同時不使用 「顔料衍生物(3)」及「顏料衍生物(4)」以外,其餘則 以與實施例1相同的方式獲得紅色之顏料分散組成物。並且 ,以與實施例2相同的方式獲得紅色之著色聚合性組成物後 ’以與實施例2相同的方式進行評估。結果如表2所示。 -134- 200948906 表2 初期黏度 V 1 (cp) 經時黏度 ?7 2 (cp) 對比 表面粗雛 (nm) 實施例2 5 5 3,000 4 實施例3 5 6 3,200 4 實施例4 5 6 3,400 5 實施例5 4 5 3,500 4 實施例ό 4 4 3,700 5 實施例7 ~比較例1 ~ 5 5 3,600 5 5 5 1,500 20 比較例2 5 5 1,000 25 比較例3 5 6 2,600 11 比較例4 15 50 2,500 9 比較例5 8 15 1,200 23 由表2則可明白,藉由使用實施例1之本發明之顔料分 ❹ 散組成物所調製得之實施例2至實施例7之著色聚合性組成 物,由於並未觀察到經保存後之黏度上升,得知其所包含的 有機顏料係具有優越的分散穩定性。同時也得知藉由使用該 著色聚合性組成物所形成之著色濾光片(彩色濾光片),係 具有優越的對比、且可形成表面粗糙度爲小之著色皮膜。 根據此等結果則可推測:根據本發明之著色聚合性組成 物係可獲得具有高對比,且起因於表面粗糙度等之畫素缺陷 已獲得減少之彩色濾光片。 【圖式簡單說明】 無。 【主要元件符號說明】 眺0 -135-Here, the pentaerythritol penta-hexaacrylate is represented by KAY ARAD DPHA (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 0 <Color filter using a coloring polymerizable composition Manufacture > The obtained colored polymerizable composition (color resist liquid) was coated on a 100 mm X 100 mm glass substrate (1737, manufactured by Corning Incorporated) so as to be an index of color concentration (index of color concentration) The x 値 was 0.650 and dried in an oven at 90 ° C for 60 seconds (prebaking). Thereafter, the entire film was exposed to 200 mJ/crn2 (illuminance of 20 mW/cm 2 ), and then an alkali developer CDK-1 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was used. The 1% aqueous solution covered the exposed film and allowed to stand for 60 seconds. After standing, the pure water was sprayed in a spray form to wash off the developer. Then, the coating film subjected to the photohardening treatment and the development treatment as described above is heat-treated in an oven at 220 ° C for 30 minutes (post-baking) to form a colored film for constituting the color filter on the glass substrate. To produce a colored filter substrate (color filter) equipped with a monochrome colored area. After the substrate was further subjected to UV cleaning (at 20 mW/cm 2 and 500 mJ/cm 2 ) by a glass substrate cleaner (-128-200948906 LC4000, manufactured by Hitachi Electronic Engineering Co., Ltd.), Pre-baking, developing, and post-baking are performed again. Thereafter, the UV cleaning, prebaking, developing, and post-baking are further carried out, whereby a color filter substrate (color filter) for evaluation can be obtained. The colored polymerizable composition (color resist liquid) prepared by the above and the colored filter substrate (color filter) for evaluation prepared from the colored polymerizable composition are as follows The method described is evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2. 1. Measurement of viscosity _ For the prepared color polymerizable composition (color photoresist), an E-type viscometer is used to measure the viscosity after the preparation of 7? 1 (25 ° C), and one week after the preparation. After the viscosity V 2 (25 ° C). 1. Comparison of Measurements • Evaluation - The comparison of the prepared colored filter substrates (color filters) was measured in the following manner. ® Place the evaluation filter substrate between two polarizing plates, and then use BM-5 manufactured by TOPCON Corporation to measure the brightness and the brightness of the polarized axis when they are parallel. The enthalpy obtained by dividing the luminance in parallel by the luminance at the time of orthogonality (= luminance in parallel/luminance in orthogonal) is used as an index for evaluating contrast (this evaluation method is referred to as "the seventh time in M90" The Seventh Colorific Optics Conference, 512-color display, 10.4-inch "Color Filter for TFT-LCD (Thin Film Transistor-Liquid Crystal Display)", Ueki, Ozeki, Fukunaga and Yamanaka, etc. -129-200948906"). - 3. Measurement of surface roughness - For the evaluation of the colored filter substrate (color filter) for evaluation, an atomic force microscope (AFM: Atomic Force Microscope) (NanoScope Ilia, Nano World (Nano World) ))) to determine the surface roughness of the surface of the pigmented film. [Example 3] In Example 1, except that 0.8 g of the pigment derivative (1) was further added at the time of salt milling, the cerium salt milling was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, whereby Handle pigments. The treated primary pigment obtained had an average primary particle size of 26 nm. Thereafter, the obtained treated pigment was used, and a red pigment dispersion composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. Further, after obtaining a red colored polymerizable composition in the same manner as in Example 2, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 2. The results are shown in Table 2. [Example 4] In Example 1, except that 0.9 g of the pigment derivative (2) was further added at the time of salt milling, the cerium salt milling was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, whereby Handle pigments. The treated primary pigment obtained had an average primary particle size of 23 nm. Thereafter, the obtained treated pigment was used, and a red pigment dispersion composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. Further, after obtaining a red colored polymerizable composition in the same manner as in Example 2, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 2. The results are shown in Table 2. [Example 5] In Example 1, except that 0.9 g of the pigment derivative (2) was further added at the time of salt milling, the -130-200948906 salt mill was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, in addition In addition to the "resin A solution (solid content: 30% by mass)"" after the kneading, the "resin b solution (solid content: 30% by mass)" obtained in the synthesis example as described above was used, and the rest was The treated pigment was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. The treated primary pigment obtained had an average primary particle diameter of 23 nm. Thereafter, the obtained treated pigment was used, and a red pigment dispersion composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. Further, after obtaining a red colored polymerizable composition in the same manner as in Example 2, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 2. The results are shown in Table 2. [Example 6] In Example 1, except that 0.9 g of the pigment derivative (2) was further added at the time of salt milling, the remainder was carried out in the same manner as in Example ,, and further, except after kneading The treated pigment was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the "Resin A solution (solid content: 3% by mass)" was used instead of the "Resin B solution (solid content: 30% by mass)". The treated primary pigment obtained had an average primary particle size of 23 nm. Thereafter, the obtained treated pigment was used, and the same as in Example 2 except that "10 parts of the pigment derivative (1)" was used instead of "1 part of the pigment derivative (2)". The red pigment dispersion composition was obtained in a manner. Further, after obtaining a red colored polymerizable composition in the same manner as in Example 1, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 2. The results are shown in Table 2 [Example 7] In Example 1, except that in the case of salt milling, 9 g of the pigment derivative (2) was further added, the same was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. In addition to the "resin A solution (solid content: 3% by mass)" after the kneading, the "resin b solution (solid content: 30% by mass - 131 - 200948906)" is used, and the rest is The treated pigment was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. The average primary particle diameter of the obtained treated pigment is 23 nm», after which the obtained treated pigment is used, and "10 parts of the pigment derivative (1), 1 part of the pigment derivative (3), 5 parts are replaced. The pigment derivative (4)", and the use of "11 parts of the pigment derivative (2), 7 parts of the pigment derivative (3), and 7 parts of the pigment derivative (4)" 1 A red pigment dispersion composition was obtained in the same manner. Further, after obtaining a red colored polymerizable composition in the same manner as in Example 2, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 2. The results are shown in Table 2. [Comparative Example 1] A salt milling was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, whereby a treated pigment was obtained. The treated primary pigment obtained had an average primary particle size of 30 urn. Thereafter, the obtained treated pigment was used, and in place of "86 parts of the treated pigment obtained by the method described above", "103 parts of the treated pigment obtained by the method described above" was used, while A red pigment dispersion composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the "pigment derivative (3)" and the "pigment derivative (4)" were not used. Further, a red colored polymerizable composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2, and then evaluated in the same manner as in Example 2. The results are shown in Table 2. [Comparative Example 2] In Example 1, except that 0.8 g of the pigment derivative (1) was further added during salt milling, salt milling was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, whereby treatment was possible. pigment. The treated primary pigment obtained had an average primary particle size of 26 nm. Thereafter, the obtained treated pigment was used, and except for "86 parts of the treated pigment obtained by the method described above", -132-200948906 "1〇3 parts were obtained by the method as described above. The red pigment dispersion composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the "pigment derivative (3)" and the "pigment derivative (4)" were not used. Further, the red colored polymerizable composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2, and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 2. The results are shown in Table 2. [Comparative Example 3] In Example 1, except that the salt derivative was further added with 8 g of the pigment derivative (1), the salt milling was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 A treated pigment is obtained. The average particle size of the treated pigment obtained was 26 run. After that, the obtained treated pigment is used, and in addition to "10 parts of the pigment derivative (3), 5 parts of the pigment derivative (4)", and "15 parts of the pigment derivative (3)" is used, The remainder was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a red pigment dispersion composition. Further, after obtaining a red colored polymerizable composition in the same manner as in Example 2, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 2. The results are shown in Table 2. [Comparative Example 4] In Example 1, except that 0.8 g of the pigment derivative (1) was further added at the time of salt milling, the salt milling was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, whereby treatment was possible. pigment. The treated primary pigment obtained had an average primary particle size of 26 nm. After that, the obtained treated pigment is used, and in addition to "10 parts of the pigment derivative (3), 5 parts of the pigment derivative (4)", and "15 parts of the pigment derivative (4)" is used, The remainder was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a red pigment dispersion composition. Further, after obtaining a red colored polymerizable composition in the same manner as in Example 2, evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 2. The results are shown in Table 2. -133-200948906, [Comparative Example 5] In Example 1, except that 1 gram of the pigment derivative (4) was further added during salt milling, the salt milling was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. This allows for the treatment of pigments. The treated primary pigment obtained had an average primary particle size of 24 nm. Thereafter, the obtained treated pigment was used, and "103 parts of the treated pigment obtained by the method described above" was used instead of "86 parts of the treated pigment obtained by the method described above", while A red pigment dispersion composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the "pigment derivative (3)" and the "pigment derivative (4)" were not used. Further, the red colored polymerizable composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2, and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 2. The results are shown in Table 2. -134- 200948906 Table 2 Initial viscosity V 1 (cp) Time-dependent viscosity? 7 2 (cp) Contrast surface coarse chick (nm) Example 2 5 5 3,000 4 Example 3 5 6 3,200 4 Example 4 5 6 3,400 5 Example 5 4 5 3,500 4 Example ό 4 4 3,700 5 Example 7 ~ Comparative Example 1 ~ 5 5 3,600 5 5 5 1,500 20 Comparative Example 2 5 5 1,000 25 Comparative Example 3 5 6 2,600 11 Comparative Example 4 15 50 2,500 9 Comparative Example 5 8 15 1,200 23 From Table 2, the colored polymerizable compositions of Examples 2 to 7 prepared by using the pigment-dispersing composition of the present invention of Example 1 were understood. No increase in viscosity after storage was observed, and it was found that the organic pigment contained therein had superior dispersion stability. At the same time, it is also known that the color filter (color filter) formed by using the colored polymerizable composition has superior contrast and can form a color film having a small surface roughness. From these results, it is presumed that the colored polymerizable composition according to the present invention can obtain a color filter which has high contrast and which has been reduced in pixel defects such as surface roughness. [Simple description of the diagram] None. [Main component symbol description] 眺0 -135-
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2008103496A JP5268410B2 (en) | 2008-04-11 | 2008-04-11 | Pigment dispersion composition, method for producing pigment dispersion composition, colored polymerizable composition, color filter, and method for producing color filter |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW200948906A true TW200948906A (en) | 2009-12-01 |
TWI460234B TWI460234B (en) | 2014-11-11 |
Family
ID=41173654
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW098111328A TWI460234B (en) | 2008-04-11 | 2009-04-06 | Pigment dispersion composition and production method thereof, colored polymerizable composition, and color filter and production method thereof |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP5268410B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR101611985B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN101555362B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI460234B (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI557186B (en) * | 2011-06-09 | 2016-11-11 | 住友化學股份有限公司 | Colored composition |
TWI843889B (en) * | 2019-12-04 | 2024-06-01 | 日商阪田油墨股份有限公司 | Manufacturing method of red coloring composition for color filter, red coloring composition for color filter, red coloring resist composition for color filter, color filter, and display device |
Families Citing this family (22)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP5229426B2 (en) * | 2010-03-31 | 2013-07-03 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Red photosensitive resin composition for color filter and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device |
JP5724274B2 (en) * | 2010-09-29 | 2015-05-27 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Red pigment dispersion for color filter, red photosensitive resin composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device |
JP5861171B2 (en) * | 2011-12-16 | 2016-02-16 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Red coloring composition for color filter and color filter |
JP4911253B1 (en) | 2011-04-28 | 2012-04-04 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Dye dispersion, photosensitive resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device |
CN102304298A (en) * | 2011-06-22 | 2012-01-04 | 南通市争妍颜料化工有限公司 | Pigment red 254 postprocessing technology |
JP6179075B2 (en) * | 2011-09-02 | 2017-08-16 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Red pigment dispersion for color filter and production method thereof, red photosensitive resin composition for color filter and production method thereof, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device |
JP5826135B2 (en) * | 2012-08-23 | 2015-12-02 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Colored radiation-sensitive composition and color filter using the same |
JP6089710B2 (en) * | 2013-01-15 | 2017-03-08 | Dic株式会社 | Red pigment composition for color filter, method for producing the same, and color filter |
JP6488143B2 (en) * | 2015-02-13 | 2019-03-20 | 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル | Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment derivative composition, pigment composition, pigment dispersion, colored resin composition, color filter, and display device |
JP6938871B2 (en) * | 2016-04-28 | 2021-09-22 | Dic株式会社 | Pigment composition for color filter, its manufacturing method and color filter |
JP6864341B2 (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2021-04-28 | 山陽色素株式会社 | Pigment dispersion and coloring composition using phthalimide and its derivatives |
CN107602649B (en) * | 2017-08-15 | 2019-10-18 | 龙口联合化学有限公司 | Glycan molecule is coupled diketopyrrolo-pyrrole compound and preparation method thereof |
CN107686686B (en) * | 2017-08-15 | 2019-07-12 | 龙口联合化学有限公司 | Glycan molecule is coupled diketopyrrolo-pyrrole compound in the application for preparing inkjet recording aqueous dispersion |
CN107652705B (en) * | 2017-10-14 | 2019-04-30 | 龙口联合化学有限公司 | Glycan molecule is coupled application, plastics red pigment and preparation method of the diketopyrrolo-pyrrole compound in plastics are prepared with red pigment |
CN107603272B (en) * | 2017-10-14 | 2019-04-26 | 龙口联合化学有限公司 | Glycan molecule be coupled diketopyrrolo-pyrrole compound yellow pigment preparation in application, yellow pigment and yellow pigment preparation method |
CN108089402B (en) * | 2017-12-29 | 2019-10-11 | 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 | Pigment dispersion system and preparation method thereof and colored photoresist |
CN108535961B (en) * | 2018-04-12 | 2020-09-08 | 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 | Color photoresist composition |
WO2020040043A1 (en) * | 2018-08-22 | 2020-02-27 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Coloring composition, cured film, pattern formation method, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device |
WO2020044975A1 (en) * | 2018-08-27 | 2020-03-05 | 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル | Coloring resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device |
JP6732080B1 (en) * | 2019-08-08 | 2020-07-29 | サカタインクス株式会社 | Pigment dispersion composition for color filter and pigment dispersion resist composition for color filter |
JPWO2021172142A1 (en) * | 2020-02-26 | 2021-09-02 | ||
CN115746875A (en) * | 2022-11-24 | 2023-03-07 | 瑞安宝源化工有限公司 | Water-based pigment dispersant and preparation method thereof |
Family Cites Families (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3130217B2 (en) * | 1994-12-22 | 2001-01-31 | 東洋インキ製造株式会社 | Coloring composition for color filter and color filter |
DE59606863D1 (en) * | 1995-06-15 | 2001-06-13 | Ciba Sc Holding Ag | Pigment compositions made from diketopyrrolopyrroles |
JPH10148711A (en) * | 1996-11-20 | 1998-06-02 | Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd | Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter |
DE10053119A1 (en) * | 2000-10-26 | 2002-05-08 | Clariant Gmbh | Phthalimides as synergists to improve the properties of aqueous pigment preparations |
CN1253512C (en) * | 2001-05-14 | 2006-04-26 | 西巴特殊化学品控股有限公司 | New crystal modification of diketopyrrolpyrrole solid solution pigment |
CN1553913B (en) * | 2001-09-11 | 2011-10-05 | 西巴特殊化学品控股有限公司 | Process for the direct preparation of pyrrolo [3,4-c]pyrroles |
US7279514B2 (en) * | 2002-07-17 | 2007-10-09 | Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation | High-molecular-weight polymeric material comprising diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments |
JP4539477B2 (en) * | 2005-07-26 | 2010-09-08 | Dic株式会社 | Pigment composition for color filter, method for producing the same, and color filter |
JP2007224177A (en) * | 2006-02-24 | 2007-09-06 | Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd | Finely-divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, its preparation process and coloring composition using it |
JP4923696B2 (en) * | 2006-04-21 | 2012-04-25 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Coloring composition for color filter and color filter |
JP5082318B2 (en) * | 2006-07-24 | 2012-11-28 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Method for producing α-type crystal-modified dichlorodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, α-type crystal-modified dichlorodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment produced by the method, and coloring composition using the same |
-
2008
- 2008-04-11 JP JP2008103496A patent/JP5268410B2/en active Active
-
2009
- 2009-04-03 KR KR1020090028998A patent/KR101611985B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2009-04-06 TW TW098111328A patent/TWI460234B/en active
- 2009-04-08 CN CN200910134048.0A patent/CN101555362B/en active Active
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI557186B (en) * | 2011-06-09 | 2016-11-11 | 住友化學股份有限公司 | Colored composition |
TWI843889B (en) * | 2019-12-04 | 2024-06-01 | 日商阪田油墨股份有限公司 | Manufacturing method of red coloring composition for color filter, red coloring composition for color filter, red coloring resist composition for color filter, color filter, and display device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN101555362B (en) | 2014-03-12 |
KR101611985B1 (en) | 2016-04-12 |
TWI460234B (en) | 2014-11-11 |
JP5268410B2 (en) | 2013-08-21 |
KR20090108537A (en) | 2009-10-15 |
CN101555362A (en) | 2009-10-14 |
JP2009251586A (en) | 2009-10-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI460234B (en) | Pigment dispersion composition and production method thereof, colored polymerizable composition, and color filter and production method thereof | |
KR101671249B1 (en) | Colored photosensitive composition, color filter, liquid crystal display element, and solid image pickup element | |
TWI464217B (en) | Pigment dispersion composition, photocurable composition and color filter | |
CN102236256B (en) | Coloring photonasty resin composition, pattern forming method, color filter and producing method thereof and display device | |
TWI466882B (en) | Colorant multimer, colored curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same | |
TWI421308B (en) | Pigment dispersed composition, photocurable composition, color filter and method for manufacturing the same | |
CN101959923B (en) | Curable composition and color filter | |
TWI438568B (en) | Curable composition, color filter and production thereof | |
TWI442178B (en) | Curable composition, color filter using the same and manufacturing method therefor, and solid image pickup element | |
TWI519548B (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, color filter, and display device provided with the same | |
JP6268967B2 (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device | |
KR101435465B1 (en) | A pigment dispersion composition, a photocurable composition, and a color filter | |
TW200927843A (en) | Pigment dispersion composition, colored photocurable composition, and color filter and method for manufacturing the same | |
JP5523919B2 (en) | Colored composition, colored photosensitive composition, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and liquid crystal display device | |
TWI444439B (en) | Modified pigment, and pigment dispersion composition, colored photosensitive composition, color filter, liquid crystal element, and solid-state imaging element using the same | |
JP2008248120A (en) | Pigment dispersion composition, curable composition, and color filter and production method thereof | |
TW201001071A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, light-shielding color filter and production process therefor, and image sensor | |
JPWO2018052022A1 (en) | Colored resin composition, cured product and image display device | |
JP5554082B2 (en) | Pigment dispersion composition, colored curable composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and solid-state imaging device | |
JP2011178865A (en) | Dispersion composition and method for producing the same, colored curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same, solid image pickup element, and liquid crystal display device | |
TW200946601A (en) | Green curable composition, color filter and method of producing same | |
JP2010015063A (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and method for manufacturing color filter | |
CN105377997A (en) | Method for producing dye multimer, and method for producing coloring composition | |
JP2008308603A (en) | Pigment dispersion composition, curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same | |
JP2010015062A (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and method for manufacturing color filter |